Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Hotel & Motel / Ashford Hospitality Trust / FY2009 Annual Report

Ashford Hospitality Trust
Annual Report 2009

AHT · NYSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker AHT
Exchange NYSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Hotel & Motel
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Ashford Hospitality Trust
Loading PDF…
A
s
h
t
e
a
d
G
r
o
u
p
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
0
9

 managing 
the cycle

Ashtead Group plc
Kings House
36-37 King Street
London 
EC2V 8BB 

Phone: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9700
Fax: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9705
www.ashtead-group.com

2009
Annual Report & Accounts

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Making more things possible

At Ashtead we make more things possible for 
individuals and businesses.

We are a global leader in the provision of hire equipment, 
from hand held tools to aerial platforms to complete 
on-site contractor villages. We provide solutions and 
systems that support our customers and pride ourselves 
in delivering excellent levels of service and care.

Above all, it is our people that really make the difference.

Contents

01  Financial highlights
02  Company overview
04  Chairman’s statement
06  Business and fi nancial review:
07 
Introduction
08–13  Case studies
14  What we do
15–17  Our markets
18–20 Our strategy
21–24  Our business model
25 
KPIs
26–27 Business risks
28–33 Our fi nancials

34  Our directors

36  Directors’ report 
38  Corporate governance report
41  Directors’ remuneration report
46  Corporate responsibility report
48  Auditors’ report
50  Consolidated income statement
51   Consolidated statement of recognised 

income and expense

52  Consolidated balance sheet
53  Consolidated cash fl ow statement
54  Notes to the consolidated 
fi nancial statements

84  Ten year history
85  Additional information

additional information

Future dates
Quarter 1 results 
2009 Annual General Meeting 
Quarter 2 results 
Quarter 3 results 
Quarter 4 and year end results 

 8 September 2009
 8 September 2009
 3 December 2009
 9 March 2010
 17 June 2010

Advisers
Auditors
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London
EC4A 3BZ  

Registrars & Transfer Offi ce
Equiniti
The Causeway
Worthing
West Sussex
BN99 6DA 

Financial PR Advisers
Maitland
Orion House
5 Upper St Martin’s Lane
London
WC2H 9EA 

Solicitors 
Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row
London
E1Y 8YY 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606 

Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein LLP 
Three First Union Center
401 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28202

Brokers
UBS Investment Bank Limited
1 Finsbury Avenue
London
EC2M 2PP

RBS Hoare Govett Limited
250 Bishopsgate
London
EC2M 4AA

Registered number
1807982

Registered Offi ce
Kings House
36-37 King Street
London
EC2V 8BB

Cert no. SGS-COC-O620

Printed on Revive 75 Silk, which contains 
a minimum of 75% recovered fi bre

Designed and produced by 

                             | 35 Communications

Printed in the UK by Beacon Press

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2009 in summary

1

● 
 ● 

● 

● 

 ● 

● 

 Robust performance despite diffi cult market conditions

 Cost reduction programme announced in December now fully 
implemented delivering operating cost savings of at least £100m

 £246m net cash infl ow generated in the year (2008: £1m outflow) 
of which £157m was from operations. A minimum inflow of £100m 
is targeted for 2009/10

 £217m of the net inflow applied to pay down debt with £29m 
returned to equity holders

 Debt package remains committed for the long term and structured 
to remain covenant free throughout the cycle

 Final dividend of 1.675p per share proposed (2008: 1.675p), 
making 2.575p for the year (2008: 2.5p)

Underlying revenue 

Underlying operating profit

Underlying profit before taxation

Profit/(loss) before taxation

£1,073.5m

£155.0m

£87.4m

£0.8m

.

8
7
4
0
1

,

.

1
6
9
8

.

0
8
3
6

.

7
3
2
5

.

5
3
7
0
1

,

.

1
7
8
1

.

5
0
5
1

.

0
5
5
1

.

1
1
1
1

.

1
7
6

.

3
2
1
1

.

4
7
8

.

4
1
8

.

5
7
6

.

4
2
2

.

7
9
0
1

.

7
1
8

.

2
2
3

.

5
6
3
-

8
0

.

05

06

07

08 09

05

06

07

08 09

05

06

07

08 09

05

06

07

08 09

The fi gures for 2008 and 2009 include as revenue the proceeds generated from the sale of used rental equipment following the adoption of 
the amendment to IAS 16 – Property, plant and equipment (and consequent amendment to IAS 7 – Statement of cash fl ows) included within 
the 2008 ‘Improvements to IFRSs’. Prior years have not been restated.

Underlying revenue, profi t and earnings per share are stated before exceptional items, amortisation of acquired intangibles and non-cash fair 
value remeasurements of embedded derivatives in long term debt. The defi nition of exceptional items is set out in note 1. The reconciliation of 
underlying earnings per share and underlying cash tax earnings per share to basic earnings per share is shown in note 9 to the fi nancial statements.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

our group 
at a glance

Ashtead Group provides solutions for customers who need a quick, effi cient and cost 
effective service. We provide equipment that lifts, powers, generates, moves, digs, supports, 
scrubs, pumps, directs, ventilates – whatever the job needs. 

UK:
A-Plant

The second largest 
equipment rental 
company with 
122 depots 
throughout England, 
Scotland and Wales

 122

No. of stores

2,100

Employees 

£208m

Revenues

£16m

Profi ts

5.1%

Return on Investment*

what we do

We rent equipment on fl exible terms so that our customers 
can focus on what they do best rather than maintaining 
and servicing equipment they may use only periodically. 
We make sure the equipment is there when it needs to be 
and is ready to work immediately and effi ciently. Our profi t 

centres are located where they are most required and we 
guarantee our service. Whether customers need a small 
hand held tool or the largest aerial work platform, our staff 
are there, able and willing, to help our customers ensure 
the job gets done. 

Facilitating 
fi t-out
and ongoing 
maintenance for 
offi ce blocks.

On-site
tool hire and 
maintenance for 
a new residential 
construction 
site.

Replacing 
worn out 
sewage 
infrastructure.

Designing and 
implementing 
traffi c 
management 
systems.

Advising on 
health and safety 
aspects of 
equipment in use 
at new sports 
stadium.

3

US:
Sunbelt

The third largest 
equipment rental 
business in the 
US market with 398 
stores in 35 states

 398

No. of stores

 6,100

Employees 

 $1,450m

Revenues

 $242m

Profi ts

 10.8%

Return on Investment*

*  Return on Investment is defi ned as underlying operating profi t divided by the weighted average cost of capital employed (shareholders’ funds plus net debt and net 

tax liabilities, minus/plus the pension fund surplus/defi cit). 

Equipment types 
A broad range of construction and industrial equipment 
including earthmoving equipment, aerial work platforms, 
high reach forklifts and other materials handling units, 
smaller tools, pumps, power generation, portable site 
accommodation, scaffolding, formwork and falsework, 
and temporary traffi c management equipment.

Customer base
Construction industry, facilities management, disaster relief 
agencies, sport and music event organisers, governments, 
local authorities, homeowners.

Installing 
generators,
lighting
and temporary 
accommodation 
units for an
outdoor music 
festival.

Providing 
ongoing facilities 
management for 
a new shopping 
centre complex.

Providing an 
on-site hire depot 
and ‘Contractors’ 
Village’ for a long 
term hospital 
construction 
project.

Drying out 
and cleaning up 
after a fl ash fl ood 
at an industrial 
warehouse.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

chairman’s statement

Chris Cole,
Chairman

Recovery

Top of the 
market

managing
the cycle

Downturn

I am pleased to report that Ashtead 
has continued to perform well over the 
past year, despite increasingly diffi cult 
economic conditions. 
As announced with our interim results last December, we took an early 
decision to implement a signifi cant cost reduction programme across the 
Group. Combined with our strong operating culture, this has enabled us 
to deliver good profi ts in the past year against a background of slowing 
economies. The programme has also helped us prepare the business for 
the market conditions ahead, as well as generating a positive contribution 
to our cash fl ow.

In addition, the cost reduction programme has been carefully structured 
to ensure that we have retained intact the ability to service all our core 
markets. This, I believe, means that Ashtead will prove to be well positioned 
to benefi t quickly from the economic upturn when it comes. Your 
management team describes in detail in this report the strategies we 
have in place to maximise performance throughout the downturn and 
return to growth once the cycle moves on to the next phase.

Financial results and dividends
We achieved good fi rst half profi ts and earnings growth in slowing 
markets which deteriorated further in the second half but this still led 
to a robust underlying pre-tax profi t for the year of £87m (2008: £112m). 
Underlying revenue was £1.07bn (2008: £1.05bn) whilst, after exceptionals 
and amortisation, the profi t before tax was £1m (2008: £110m). 

Our cost reduction programme, announced in December 2008, has 
lowered the annual cost base by more than £100m and was substantially 
complete by year end. Including the proceeds generated from the sale of 
surplus equipment, the programme generated a net cash infl ow of around 
£40m. The accounts include a one-time exceptional charge of £54m after 
tax incurred in delivering the cost savings, whilst last June’s sale of our 
Ashtead Technology division generated a net exceptional profi t after tax of 
£59m. Underlying earnings per share for the year were 11.9p (2008: 14.8p) 
whilst, after exceptionals, basic earnings per share were 12.5p (2008: 14.2p).

The Board is recommending a fi nal dividend of 1.675p per share (2008: 
1.675p) making 2.575p for the year (2008: 2.5p). Refl ecting the benefi t of 
the reduced share count following the share buy-backs earlier in the year, 
payment of the 2008/9 dividend will cost £12.8m and is covered 4.5 times 
by underlying earnings from continuing operations. If approved at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting, the fi nal dividend will be paid on 
11 September 2009 to shareholders on the register on 21 August 2009.

In addition, the Group returned £16m to shareholders during the year 
through share buy-backs. In total, from December 2007 when the 
buy-back commenced until January 2009, the Group acquired 10% 
of its issued capital or 59m shares at a cost of £39m. The buy-back 
programme was suffi cient to eliminate any earnings dilution resulting 
from the Technology disposal at a cost equivalent to around 40% 
of the £89m Technology net disposal proceeds, with the other 60% 
or £50m used to reduce outstanding debt. 

The Board intends to continue to renew its shareholders’ authority for 
share buy-backs at the forthcoming 2009 Annual General Meeting, but 
will be discerning in its use given the current economic uncertainty.

Balance sheet strength
As part of the Board’s ongoing strategic review processes, in recent 
years we have devoted considerable effort to ensuring that our fi nancial 
structure, as well as our business model, is suited to our cyclical business. 
This emphasis has ensured that our debt package is structured to cope 
with the challenges of the current market conditions. We retain substantial 
headroom on our debt facilities which are committed for the long term. 
Availability at 30 April 2009 was $550m, substantially in excess of the 
$125m level above which all our facilities are covenant free. Net debt 
to underlying EBITDA at constant exchange rates was 2.6 times at 
30 April 2009, only marginally above last year’s 2.5 times and still 
close to the mid-point of our two to three times target range. 

Moving forward, the Group retains substantial long term commitments 
from its lenders with the fi rst maturity being the syndicated bank loan 
which only becomes due in more than two years’ time in August 2011. 
The Board keeps the Group’s debt maturities under regular review and, 
in the coming fi scal year, will continue to assess the appropriate timing 
for refi nancing this debt well ahead of its maturity.

5

“  Conditions have clearly become 

more difficult; however, we continue 
to believe that the fundamentals of 
our market remain attractive.” Chris Cole

Our people
As always the Board and management of Ashtead owe a huge debt 
of thanks to our employees. This year has been a diffi cult one and we 
expect next year to be equally challenging. We are very grateful for the 
continuing dedication and loyalty of our workforce who make Ashtead 
a great place to work and provide a superior resource for our customers. 

Current trading and outlook
May and early June have seen rental volumes in line with our expectations 
whilst rental yields have shown some tentative signs of fl attening month 
on month. As a result, the Board confi rms that its current expectations 
regarding 2009/10 performance are unchanged from those described in 
the trading update issued on 11 May.

We continue to believe that the fundamentals of our markets remain 
attractive and that, with our continuing focus on meeting the challenges 
of current market conditions and on cash generation, we are well 
positioned for the next phase of the cycle. 

Chris Cole 
17 June 2009

Corporate governance
The Board continues to be committed to maintaining high standards of 
corporate governance. In the current climate the Board’s rigorous scrutiny 
of the business becomes ever more important and throughout the year 
we have conducted a thorough review of the Company’s strategy and 
risk management to help the business withstand the economic downturn. 
Despite operating in diffi cult and uncertain markets we are confi dent 
that we have the necessary structures in place to minimise trading risk. 
In addition, we have continued to make good progress this year on 
our environmental, health and safety initiatives and management has 
established a Group Risk Committee to pull together all the work we 
are doing at subsidiary level and provide further impetus in this 
important area. 

Board composition
A lot of time was spent by the Nomination Committee in the year 
considering the effectiveness of the executive directors and in particular 
the future management and direction of the Group’s principal subsidiary, 
Sunbelt. As a result, it was decided to recruit a new chief executive for 
Sunbelt and the Nomination Committee was delighted to identify and 
recruit Joseph (Joe) Phelan who joined Sunbelt and the Board in April.

Joe, an American citizen, joined Ashtead from Deutsche Post DHL where 
he was chief executive of DHL Global Mail and a member of Deutsche 
Post’s executive committee. Before joining DHL in 2004, Joe held a 
number of senior executive positions with American Airlines. Joe’s broad 
operational management experience has been welcomed by the Sunbelt 
management team and together they are looking forward to addressing 
the challenges of current market conditions and to further developing 
Sunbelt in the next phase of the cycle.

Consequent to Joe’s appointment, Cliff Miller ceased being a director of 
Ashtead and his employment with Sunbelt terminated. In his period as 
chief executive of Sunbelt and throughout his 13 year career with Ashtead, 
Cliff helped Ashtead develop Sunbelt from the small regional business it 
was when he joined it in 1996 to the large national rental company it is 
today. It is therefore appropriate that I place on record the Board’s thanks 
to Cliff and our appreciation for all his efforts.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

project lifecycle

The phases of a typical project can be 
described through these fi ve basic stages. 
Although each job differs from the last, 
the general needs are similar.

Site clearance, 
excavation and 
groundwork
Providing diggers, dumpers, 
piling and acrow to support 
main structures, trench shoring, 
on-site depot, refuelling.

Fit-out
Smaller tools to fi nalise site for end 
user, towers, scissor lifts, temporary 
heating, air conditioning and power, 
forklifts and telehandlers etc.

Site preparation
Preparing the temporary site 
area, accommodation units, 
traffi c management, power 
and lighting, steel storage units 
and security fencing.

Construction
Providing formwork and falsework 
to support concrete structures, 
powered access platforms, booms, 
telehandlers, survey equipment, 
dumpers, forklifts, concrete mixers.

Ongoing 
maintenance
Various equipment for any facility, 
aerial work platforms and smaller 
tools and equipment for facility 
management and ongoing 
maintenance.

  business and financial review
introduction

7

Right:
Geoff Drabble,
Chief executive
Far right:
Ian Robson,
Finance director

In the past year the Group has delivered good performance against the 
background of a signifi cant downturn in our markets. This year we have focused 
on getting the business in the best possible shape to withstand the recession 
and also to benefi t quickly when the prevailing economic situation improves. 
Ashtead serves cyclical markets and, consequently, managing cycles is inherent 
to our business. We aim to ensure our business model is as fl exible as possible 
to enable us to adapt to constant changes in the economic environment in 
which we operate. While the current cycle is likely to involve a deeper downturn 
than most others, our usual management principles still apply. 

A major component of our strategy to create a fl exible business model is the 
breadth of markets, geographies and industries we serve. While the largest 
end market for our services is new-build, non-residential construction, we also 
serve a wide range of other markets such as facilities management, repair and 
renewal, disaster relief, event management and traffi c control. This diversifi cation 
broadens the markets we serve beyond the new-build construction market 
where economic cycles tend to be particularly pronounced. 

Also we often play a signifi cant part in the background at many high profi le 
projects such as the US presidential inauguration and the construction of the 
London Olympic infrastructure. Over the next few pages we demonstrate the 
breadth of the work that we have been involved with over the last year, as well 
as showing how we typically work on major projects. 

our projects

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

UK  Keeping Tower Bridge operational

Tower Bridge in London, one of the world’s most famous landmarks, is being refurbished over a four year period. The project is part of the City 
of London Corporation’s plans to refurbish historic structures and key gateways to the City. During that time the bridge will remain fully open 
due to the traffi c management support of A-Plant Lux. 

A-Plant Lux is A-Plant’s specialist traffi c control and management business. We will be supporting the contractor managing the refurbishment 
for the duration of the project. The 244 metre long structure, which was originally built in 1894, will be repainted in stages with up to 25% of the 
bridge completely encapsulated by scaffolding at each stage of the work. Throughout the work, A-Plant Lux’s traffi c management equipment will 
be on-site all day every day, keeping the bridge open to traffi c until it returns to its former glory.

9

US 

 Keeping the equipment moving through 
hurricane season

Hurricane season 2008 saw Sunbelt making the most of our national network of depots as Dolly, Fay, Gustav, Hanna and Ike all wrought havoc 
across the southern states of the US. When the fi rst hurricane, Dolly, hit San Padre Island in south Texas, we were on-site within 24 hours despite 
the adverse weather conditions, helping to rebuild, clean and power the affected hotels. 

When Hurricane Fay zigzagged through the state of Florida, becoming the fi rst storm in recorded history to make landfall in Florida four times, we 
were quickly on hand to provide generators to get things moving again and the pumps required to clear fl ood water. We already had fl eet moving 
across the country from Texas and the North East into Florida and Los Angeles while hurricanes Hanna and Gustav were making their presence felt 
there. Our logistical focus then quickly had to change back to Texas, when Hurricane Ike struck and we mobilised yet more fl eet from our national 
network, from Baltimore through Chicago to Los Angeles and Seattle. 

US 

 Assisting the inauguration of the 
44th president

Sunbelt has played a role in the US presidential inaugurations since 1993. This year was no different and Sunbelt was asked to help in a variety 
of areas on the day itself and at other connected events. For example, we supplied over 2,000 pieces of traffi c control equipment to help direct 
the estimated 1.8m people hoping to get a glimpse of the new president. Sunbelt was also the primary rental company involved in erecting stages 
and viewing stands throughout the mall between the Capitol and the Lincoln Memorial, including the presidential viewing stand. Some 50 or so 
aerial work platforms and forklifts were the main tools for this task and we also installed 39 light towers in and around the inauguration site.

We provided equipment for several private parties held in tents and nightclubs all over Washington DC. We supplied large numbers of heaters to 
combat the extreme cold and also the generators to power those heaters. In addition, we provided equipment to several city blocks on the parade 
route to enable vendors to serve the general public. We were able to provide a full service solution on one of the most exciting days in recent 
US history.

11

US  Cleaning up after the Cedar Rapids fl ood

In June 2008, a 30 foot surge of water rushed through downtown Cedar Rapids, Iowa, saturating the basements, fi rst fl oors and even second fl oors 
of some buildings. Sunbelt’s Pump & Power division had support on the ground within 24 hours, working at fi rst to retain a yard to which equipment 
could be delivered and from where it could be dispersed and serviced. Because of Sunbelt’s multi-year experience in managing emergency situations, 
staff knew exactly how to stage the supply of equipment to ensure that the right kit was in place at each stage of the clean-up process. 

First we delivered pumps and dewatering equipment to eliminate the remaining water infi ltration. Once the buildings were free of standing water, 
our customers began the remediation and restoration processes, including demolition in some instances. The buildings that were salvageable were 
cleaned, dehumidifi ed and restored. Dehumidifi ers coupled with generators then became the required equipment and Sunbelt was prepared with 
the truckloads already delivered and several more on the way. 

UK  Decommissioning Sellafi eld

Sellafi eld was one of the fi rst nuclear power station sites in the UK and its earlier reactors are now being decommissioned as they are no longer 
operational. A-Plant is assisting with this massive project from its Whitehaven depot which is just 15 minutes away from the Sellafi eld site. As with 
any major engineering project, there are a number of large contractors working on the project at any one time, several of whom are national 
account customers.

Our proximity to the site means we are able to provide a wide range of equipment to all the contractors in a timely and effi cient fashion, as well 
as providing maintenance and health and safety instruction, and support for the equipment we supply. This equipment includes accommodation 
units for contractors who are based on the site long term, concrete formwork, telehandlers, booms and scissor lifts as well as traffi c management 
kit for the road widening project outside the site.

13

US  Helping keep the Red Bulls fl ying

Another exciting project this past year for Sunbelt staff was their work in support of the Red Bull Air Race. This innovative sporting event combines 
fl ying with the best of motor racing and fi rst took place in 2001. Using the fastest, most agile and lightweight racing planes, pilots navigate a 
low-level aerial racetrack made up of air-fi lled pylons, reaching speeds of 370 kilometres per hour while withstanding forces of up to 12G. 

Last year the race touched down in eight cities worldwide and the organisers turned to Sunbelt to provide the necessary equipment in San Diego 
and Detroit. As usual, we supplied a wide range of equipment along the race tracks, such as temporary power and air conditioning units, forklifts 
and light towers.

  business and financial review continued
what we do

“  The way we have responded reflects
    the flexibility inherent in our business 

model and our experience of previous 
downturns.” Geoff Drabble

Ashtead is the second largest equipment 
rental group in the world. We operate in the 
US as Sunbelt Rentals or Sunbelt and in the 
UK as A-Plant. Sunbelt is the third largest 
equipment rental company in the US, whilst 
A-Plant is the second largest equipment 
rental company in the UK, in each case, 
measured by rental revenues. 
We offer short term rental of a wide range of construction and industrial 
equipment, ranging from everyday earthmoving and materials handling 
equipment through to extensive pump and power systems used in major 
disaster situations. We are a service business and it is our network, people 
and systems that set us apart in our markets. At Group level, we are 
focused on the management of asset intensive businesses with the aim 
of delivering superior fi nancial returns over the long term.

We provide solutions in all manner of situations including the following:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Non-residential construction markets – providing all types 
of construction equipment 
Facilities management – again providing all types of equipment 
for maintenance and repair
Disaster relief – providing pumps and power generation equipment 
in all types of application, ranging from assistance at times of fl ooding 
due to weather (e.g. hurricanes) or a burst water supply
Major event management – providing power generation, lighting 
and other equipment for events such as major sporting events, music 
concerts and festivals
Traffi c management – providing portable traffi c systems to facilitate 
major engineering projects or clean-up after an accident

   business and financial review continued
our markets

15

Diversified end markets

US non-residential construction

15%

15%

10%

60%

Residential construction
& home improvements
Infrastructure
Industrial
Commercial construction

$bn

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

The US
Sunbelt, our US construction and industrial 
equipment rental division, trades exclusively 
in the United States and operates 398 stores 
(or profi t centres as we refer to them) grouped 
into 47 Districts and three Territories. 
Sunbelt’s business is broadly based and it dealt with over 650,000 customers 
in the past year and conducted 2.0m rentals. We have a highly diversifi ed 
customer base and as such, we are only able to estimate the ultimate 
sources of our revenues as we only rarely deal direct with the property 
occupier/owner. However, we believe our main end markets to be as 
shown in the chart above.

This year we have, as expected, begun to see the impact of the global 
economic downturn affecting our business, particularly in the second half. 
The turnaround in our principal end market, commercial construction, 
is shown in the above construction data produced by the US Department 
of Commerce. 

The US Department of Commerce divides non-residential construction 
into the following categories: 

Lodging    
Offi ce  
Commercial  
Healthcare  
Educational  
Religious   
Public safety  
Amusement and recreation  

Transportation
Communication
Power
Highway and street
Sewage and waste disposal
Water supply
Conservation and development
Manufacturing 

04

05

06 07 08 09*

*12 months ended 30 April 2009

Sunbelt serves all of these end market categories. According to the US 
Department of Commerce, healthcare, education, public safety, sewage 
and waste disposal, power and conservation and development continue 
to grow with total non-residential construction increasing slightly by 
2.5% in the year ended April 2009.

Moving forward, the public sector or institutional element of the market, 
which through the economic cycle tends to represent around 50% of the 
total and includes categories such as schools, hospitals and transportation, 
is expected to perform more strongly aided by the recently enacted US 
infrastructure package. This will be driven in large part by the need for 
increased infrastructure investment in the US following the signifi cant 
population growth in the US in recent years (up from 280m in 2000 to 
307m currently according to the US Census Bureau). The US population 
also has one of the fastest annual growth rates amongst developed 
economies at 0.98% per annum (compared to 0.28% in the UK and 
0.48% on average in Western Europe) which we expect to continue 
to be a favourable structural driver of construction demand and hence 
growth for Sunbelt’s services in the future.

By contrast, private non-residential construction is expected to decline 
signifi cantly in 2009 as projects fi nanced prior to the credit crunch 
complete and little new commercially funded work is begun. Overall 
we currently expect commercial construction markets to decline by 
15% to 20% in the coming year.

We anticipate that our other end markets will likely perform better than 
this but with residential construction still in decline after four years and 
the other areas we serve inevitably impacted by the decline in US GDP, 
we expect the rental industry to suffer signifi cant reductions in demand 
during, at least, calendar 2009.

Beyond calendar 2009, a number of independent forecasters are predicting 
that residential and homeowner related demand will begin to improve and 
that the stimulus package will also provide additional public sector support. 

Sunbelt’s revenues are impacted not only by the volume of activity in its 
end markets but also by two other factors: rental penetration and market 
share. Both of these factors are positive and are therefore helping 
moderate some of the volume decline in our end markets. 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   business and financial review continued
our markets

Increasing rental penetration

US rental market

%

70

60

50

40

30

20

10

0

$bn

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

US

US

UK

Japan

94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03

04 05 06 07 08 09

1995 2000

2005

2010E

2008E

2008E

Source: American Rental Association

Rental penetration
Rental penetration continues to increase as shown by the chart above.

Increasingly, building contractors in the US are coming to appreciate 
the advantages of outsourcing their equipment needs in terms of:

• 

• 
• 

Having available exactly the right equipment required for the task 
at hand;
Removing the need to manage and service a non-core activity;
Removing the balance sheet fi nancing requirement that comes 
with ownership.

We anticipate that the current recession and the period of recovery that 
will inevitably follow, will drive additional outsourcing as more and more 
US contractors come to fully appreciate the benefi t of not needing to 
own and service their own equipment.

The American Rental Association commissions an annual survey into 
the size of the US rental market which is summarised above.

This chart shows how the rental market has exhibited an average annual 
growth rate of 7.5%, well ahead of the growth in the US economy overall 
as measured by GDP, driven in particular by increased outsourcing of 
equipment needs driving higher rental penetration.

Competitors and market share
There are four large national equipment rental companies in the US as 
shown in the table below: 

United Rentals 
RSC 
Sunbelt Rentals 
Hertz Equipment Rental Co 

No. of 
stores 
618 
347 
398 
244 

US revenue 
($bn) 
2.7 
1.6 
1.5 
1.2 

Approx.
market share
7%
4%
4%
4%

Like us, United Rentals, RSC and Hertz are publicly listed businesses. 
Beyond the top four, the market in which Sunbelt operates is characterised 
by a large number of small competitors. We expect the recession to result 
in further consolidation of the industry and growth in market share for 
the larger companies, each of which have stable fi nancial structures and 
are therefore well positioned for the cycle relative to smaller, less well 
funded competitors.

Specifi cally, we therefore anticipate that, as has been the case throughout 
almost all its development since Ashtead fi rst acquired it in 1990, Sunbelt 
will continue to develop its market share.

Future market trends 
We do not expect end construction markets in the US to improve 
materially until late 2010 or 2011, which is why we have made appropriate 
adjustments to our cost base and business model, discussed further below, 
to deal with this recessionary part of the cycle. 

However, in the medium to long term we remain confi dent in our 
end markets. We also expect increased demand through greater 
outsourcing. This will be driven by increased concerns over health and 
safety issues, as well as the fact that use of an outsourced specialist 
provides the contractor with the ability to rent exactly the right piece 
of equipment for the task at hand while being confi dent that the 
equipment will be of recent manufacture and maintained by an 
experienced, specialist workforce. 

Finally, as discussed in greater detail in the strategy section below we 
see opportunities to take advantage of the cycle to gain market share, 
principally from our smaller and less well fi nanced competitors, many 
of whom may not survive the recession. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17

UK rental market

£bn

5

4

3

2

1

0

94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Source: AMA Research Limited

Competitors
A-Plant is one of the top three equipment rental businesses in the UK with 
its key peers being shown in the table below:

Speedy Hire 
A-Plant 
Hewdens 
HSS 

No. of 
stores 
399 
122 
100 
230 

Revenue 
 (£m) 
476 
209 
183 
173 

Approx.
market share
11%
5%
4%
4%

Future market trends 
We do not expect to see a signifi cant upturn in the UK market until late 
2010 or 2011. Housing and consumer-facing construction will continue 
to decline in 2009 and most commercial sectors will also be weak. 
Infrastructure renewal and major projects such as the Olympics and 
Crossrail will become a larger part of the market as public sector rather 
than private investment becomes the main driver of demand.

Once conditions improve, we expect that A-Plant will be seen to have 
gained market share through the recession, as we anticipate that a 
number of its less well fi nanced competitors will either exit the market 
or downsize their operations.

The UK 
A-Plant, our UK business, rents a similar 
range of equipment to Sunbelt, to a similar 
profi le of general industrial and construction 
oriented customers. A-Plant operates 
122 profi t centres and dealt with 34,000 
customers in the past year. A-Plant serves 
a more mature market than in the US and 
one where rental penetration is estimated 
to be fairly stable at around 70%.
The recession this past year has seen increased pressure on our UK 
business and we expect this to continue in the short term as construction 
volumes decline. We believe that A-Plant is relatively well positioned 
in the market at this time, given its emphasis on both the utility and 
infrastructure markets (power, water, sewerage and roads) and major 
projects such as nuclear decommissioning and the Olympics, as these 
areas remain strong. In the medium term, a return to growth will come 
with an improving economy which will bring with it an improved private 
commercial sector and housing market. Public sector work will remain 
important with key projects in power, education and transport. However, 
we remain realistic in our expectations regarding the level of public 
expenditure in the medium term due to concerns around the likely 
pressures on the government budget.

The UK plant and tool market is not well researched but AMA Research 
Limited recently published the results of an updated market survey which 
is shown above.

This chart shows that whilst the rental market has exhibited good long 
term growth with a 14 year average annual growth rate of 2.8%, it is 
inevitably slower growth than the immature rental market in the US.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Understanding our business

We understand the cyclical nature of our business 
and we have structured our business to maximise the 
opportunities available at different stages of the cycle.

Recovery

•  Rate recovery
•  Improving utilisation
•  Capex investment high
•  Fleet lead time management
•  Declining leverage
•  Organic growth
•  Take advantage of those 
  who have just survived

Top of the 
market

•  High utilisation
•  High rate
•  High margins
•  Moderate capex
•  Minimum leverage
•  Optimise opportunity
•  Prepare balance sheet  
  for downturn

managing
the cycle

Downturn

•  Low utilisation
•  Inevitable pressure 
  on rate
•  Market share decisions
•  Low capex
•  High cash generation
•  Cost reduction vs 
  recovery preparation

  business and financial review continued
our strategy

19

“  The stability of our debt structure 

has been demonstrated during these 
difficult times and reflects our long 
term cyclical planning.” Geoff Drabble

Ashtead aims to be a leader in the global 
equipment rental business delivering good 
returns for our investors through building 
strong relationships with our customers 
and delivering the services they require 
effi ciently. In good market conditions we 
achieve these objectives by generating 
strong organic growth combined with growth 
through acquisition, as well as delivering high 
levels of customer satisfaction. In weaker 
markets, we cease growth investment and 
utilise our cash fl ow to manage debt levels 
and thereby keep our capital structure solid 
through all parts of the cycle.
A further element of the Group’s strategy is its focus on managing and 
incentivising its human capital to deliver strong returns on investment 
from a capital asset base comprising large numbers of individual assets, 
as well as the computer systems it has developed to facilitate this. These 
skills were fi rst applied successfully in the UK through A-Plant and then in 
the US, where Sunbelt has now grown to be four times larger than A-Plant 
in a substantially larger market. 

We describe ourselves as being a late cycle business in that our main end 
market, non-residential construction, is usually one of the last parts of the 
economy to be affected by adverse economic conditions. This means that 
we have a high degree of visibility of when we are likely to be adversely 
affected, as the warning signs will have been visible in other parts of the 
economy for some time. We are therefore able to plan accordingly and we 
outline below the moves we have made this year to prepare the business 
for recession. 

We are confi dent that these actions make us amongst the best positioned 
of our peer group to survive the coming months. Key to execution of our 
strategy at the moment is the planning we are undertaking to capitalise 
on the opportunities presented by the cycle for both organic growth 
from winning market share from less well positioned competitors and 
possibly also acquisitive growth as and when suitably priced, distressed 
opportunities arise. Our ability to do this is enhanced by the conservative 
balance sheet structure we have maintained whilst the cycle was strong, 
judging our pace of investment in the good years to hold leverage within 
our two to three times leverage range. This balance sheet strength was 
reinforced further by the manner in which we rapidly lowered investment 
levels to ensure we generated signifi cant free cash fl ow in the year to 
April 2009 and throughout the recession.

Response to the current recession
In performance terms, the past year was characterised by good rental 
volumes and profi ts in our fi rst half followed by a rapid decline into 
recessionary conditions and weak profi tability in the second half. Although 
the pace of decline from still good market volumes last summer into 
recessionary conditions was signifi cantly more rapid than has been seen 
in previous cycles, the market conditions we face and the way our markets 
are moving through the cycle are not without precedent. Consequently, 
the way we have responded refl ects the fl exibility inherent in our business 
model and our experience of previous downturns. 

Private non-residential construction was the fi rst of our major markets to 
see a slowdown, particularly amongst the smaller builders. Sectors which 
are most exposed to consumer spending, such as retail, were affected fi rst 
but the impact is now widespread across all sectors. The speed of the 
decline in the current cycle is evidenced by the number of private sector 
projects where the decision was taken to stop work mid-project, but many 
more have been postponed or cancelled without work ever having begun. 
As usual it will take a return to GDP growth before growth returns but a 
consequence of the rapid slowdown is the large number of projects that 
are ready to recommence as soon as developers and fi nanciers gain the 
necessary confi dence to resume development.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

  business and financial review continued
our strategy

“  We have configured our business to 

be as efficient as possible… we have 
ensured that we remain positioned 
to service all our main geographies 
and markets.” Geoff Drabble

Infrastructure work, most of which is publicly fi nanced, will as usual 
remain stronger through the cycle with particular areas of strength being 
utilities, prisons, schooling and transportation. Future strength, however, 
depends on central funding and hence it is helpful that both US and UK 
administrations are committed to delivering public sector investment to 
improve ageing infrastructure and support employment. On the ground, 
however, the fact that this spending is largely delivered by local and not 
central government brings uncertainty over which projects will be 
supported and generates some delay in projects proceeding.

We believe that a combination of fi nancial constraint and uncertain 
order books will result in contractors, particularly in the US, increasingly 
choosing the rental option. We therefore expect the established trend 
towards increased outsourcing of equipment supply in the US will 
accelerate through the cycle. At the same time our industry remains 
fragmented with a number of smaller rental companies surviving on 
leasing fi nance often with low or zero cost interest rates which historically 
was provided by the equipment manufacturers. As this source of fi nance 
has become increasingly scarce and substantially more expensive, we 
expect the rental market to consolidate further during the downturn, 
benefi tting the larger, better fi nanced players such as ourselves.

As a result, with strong market positions in both the UK and US, supported 
by young fl eets and sound long term debt facilities, we continue to expect 
that we will emerge from the current downturn with greater market share 
and, in the US, in a market with enhanced rental penetration.

Cash generative in tough markets
The fl exibility inherent in our business model allows us to focus on 
generating free cash fl ow. When the economy is expanding, we utilise this 
free cash fl ow to increase investment in our rental fl eet to support revenue, 
EBITDA and earnings growth and reduce the age of our rental fl eet. In a less 
favourable economic environment, we reduce the rate at which we invest 
in new equipment and increase the age of our rental fl eet, which 
consequently increases free cash fl ow. This reduces our economic risk.

Our ability to fl ex our cash fl ow through the business cycle is also crucial 
for the effi cient management of our debt and allows us to manage our 
business model according to our position in the economic cycle. This year, 
with the economy slowing and demand lower than normal, we have 
reduced our capital expenditure and generated cash which we applied to 

pay down debt. Over the year to 30 April 2009, we generated total 
cash of £246m and applied 88% to debt pay down with the balance 
being returned to shareholders through dividends and share buy-backs. 

All our debt is committed for the long term and structured to remain 
covenant free, enabling us to get on with running the business unimpeded 
by debt obligations. More detail on the specifi c structure of our debt can 
be found on page 31.

Cost reduction programmes
This year we also focused early on preparing the business for a sustained 
downward economic cycle. To this end, last autumn, we instigated a cost 
reduction programme to prepare the business for the lower levels of 
demand we expect in the coming year. Combined with our ongoing focus 
on operational effi ciency, a key element of this programme has been to 
reduce the size of our rental fl eets by about 10% in both the UK and US. 
We also merged or shut 100 profi t centres across the Group and reduced 
our workforce by around 14%. Overall these actions resulted in savings of 
around £100m compared to last summer in our annualised local currency 
cost base.

Critically, in taking rationalisation action, we have ensured that we 
remain positioned to service all our main geographies and markets when 
the upturn comes. The one-time exceptional charge incurred in delivering 
the savings, much of which is non-cash relating to asset impairments 
and future costs on closed properties, was £83m. Including the proceeds 
realised from the sale of the surplus equipment, the programme generated 
a net cash infl ow in the year of around £40m.

Seasonality
In addition to economic cycles, our business is also subject to signifi cant 
fl uctuations in performance from quarter to quarter as a result of seasonal 
effects. Commercial construction activity tends to increase in the summer 
and during extended periods of mild weather and to decrease in the 
winter and during extended periods of inclement weather. Furthermore, 
due to the incidence of public holidays in the US and the UK, there are 
more billing days in the fi rst half of our fi nancial year than the second half 
leading to our revenue normally being higher in the fi rst half. On a 
quarterly basis, the second quarter is typically our strongest quarter, 
followed by the fi rst and then the third and fourth quarters. We manage 
the business to accommodate these natural annual cycles. 

   business and financial review continued
our business model

21

Broad range of fleet
Sunbelt

16%

4%
7%

19%

36%

18%

The Group focuses on equipment rental. During 2008/9 approximately 
91% of our revenue was derived from equipment rental and rental-related 
services, with the balance coming from sales of new and used equipment, 
parts and associated goods, such as equipment accessories. The Group 
believes that this focused and dedicated approach improves the 
effectiveness of our rental sales force by encouraging them to build 
and reinforce relationships with customers and to concentrate on strong, 
whole-life returns from our rental fl eet, rather than on short term returns 
from sales of equipment. 

Our operating model is key to the way we deliver returns and 
encompasses the following elements: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

our local management teams are strong and highly incentivised, 
producing superior fi nancial returns and high quality standards. Many 
of our most senior people started their careers by working in the front 
line at a profi t centre; 
in the US we achieve scale through a ‘clustered market’ approach 
of grouping our rental locations into clusters of three to 15 locations 
in each of our developed markets throughout the US. Sunbelt has 
developed such ‘clustered markets’ in 34 major cities including 
Washington DC, Dallas, Houston, Charlotte, Atlanta, Orlando and 
Seattle. This approach allows us to provide a comprehensive product 
offering and convenient service to our customers wherever their job 
sites may be within these markets; 
in the smaller geography of the UK, our strategy is focused on having 
suffi cient profi t centres to allow us to offer a full range of equipment 
on a nationwide basis. We continue to invest in migrating our network 
towards larger locations which are able to address all the needs of our 
customers in the major markets; 
we provide a wide range of equipment within our rental fl eets to 
maximise the extent to which we can fulfi l our customers’ needs; 

A-Plant

22%

13%

10%

5%

5%

5%

11%

29%

Aerial work platforms
Forklifts
Earth moving
Accommodation
Pump and power
Acrow
Traffic
Scaffold
Other

• 

• 

we also aim to offer a full service solution for our customers. Our 
product range includes specialist equipment types such as pump and 
power, scaffolding and traffi c management systems, which involve 
providing service expertise as well as equipment; 
we invest heavily in our computerised point of sale and service systems. 
We use these systems not only to help us manage our business to deliver 
strong fi nancial returns, but also to meet the needs of our customers. 
We deployed some of the fi rst extranets in the industry in both the US 
and UK to provide qualifying customers with complete information on 
the equipment they have on rent and the status of their account. We use 
PDAs to capture and record the time of delivery and the customer’s 
signature electronically, allowing us to systematically monitor and report 
on on-time deliveries. We also use electronic tracking systems to 
monitor and secure the location and usage of large equipment. 

In the US we have recently concluded a project to develop price modelling 
software suitable for use in our high transaction volume, low value 
industry. This software, which is being deployed to our sales force through 
use of smartphone-based technology, will we believe represent the fi rst 
consistent application of these techniques in our industry. We anticipate 
that this investment will mean that our sales force will have immediately 
to hand in a usable format the data they require to reach appropriate and 
consistent pricing decisions throughout our business.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

  business and financial review continued
our business model

Return on Investment ahead of cost of capital across the cycle

%
20

15

10

5

0

Apr
04

Jul
04

Oct
04

Jan
05

Apr
05

Jul
05

Oct
05

Jan
06

Apr
06

Jul
06

Oct
06

Jan
07

Apr
07

Jul
07

Oct
07

Jan
08

Apr
08

Jul
08

Oct
08

Jan
09

Apr
09

Our rental fl eets 
Our fl eet mix is broadly similar to that of our large peers. However, we 
differentiate our business both by emphasising smaller equipment types 
which we believe offer the potential for higher returns and in the manner 
in which we incentivise our staff. It is the needs of our customers and 
overall demand that drive the composition of our equipment fl eet, 
with the size, age and mix of our equipment rental fl eet driven by our 
diversifi ed customer base. The equipment we provide to each customer 
is equally diverse and we are often involved in supplying various types 
of different equipment over a number of years at each distinct stage 
of a project’s development. 

The breadth of our fl eet mix supports our ability to service not only the 
rental opportunities that exist in new-build construction, but also in a 
wide range of other applications including industrial, events and facilities 
management. We believe in ensuring a balanced mix of business 
throughout the cycle which allows us to mitigate the extremes of 
particular sectors. We will, however, continue to develop our portfolio of 
larger national and regional accounts utilising the scale and geographical 
footprint the NationsRent acquisition provided. The larger accounts will 
cover a range of both construction and industrial markets. 

Over the coming year we anticipate that investment in our fl eet will be for 
replacement rather than growth.

Return on Investment 
One of the key performance indicators we use to monitor our businesses 
at all levels is return on investment (RoI). For the Group as a whole our 
objective is always to ensure that, averaged across the economic cycle, 
we deliver RoI well ahead of our cost of capital. This continues to be the 
case as shown by the chart above.

The Group maximises its return on investment through encouraging 
effective management of invested capital by:

• 

• 

• 

• 

maintaining a concentration of higher-return (often specialised) 
equipment within the overall rental equipment fl eet; 
promoting the transfer of equipment to locations where maximum 
utilisation rates and returns can be obtained; 
monitoring the amount of invested capital at each of our profi t 
centres; and 
empowering regional and local managers to adapt pricing policies 
in response to local demand in order to maximise the overall return 
achieved from the investment in our rental fl eet. 

23

Diversified customer base
Sunbelt

33%

12%

6%

9%

9%

11%

6%

14%

A-Plant

14%

9%

14%

40%

3%

11%

9%

Commercial construction
Government & institutional
Industrial, manufacturing 
& agriculture
Infrastructure
Non-construction services
Residential construction
Small contractor
Speciality trade contractors

Our customers 
Our business is highly diverse. Our customers range in size and scale from 
multinational businesses, through strong local contractors to individual 
do-it-yourselfers. In the year to April 2009, Sunbelt dealt with over 
650,000 customers, wrote 2.0m rental contracts with an average value of 
$540 per contract and issued over 2.5m invoices. A-Plant, though smaller, 
is almost as diverse. In 2008/9 it dealt with over 34,000 customers, wrote 
0.4m rental contracts with an average value of £380 per contract and 
issued 0.9m invoices.

In the UK, we have focused in recent years, on building deeper 
relationships with our larger customers with the top 150 accounting 
for 50% of A-Plant’s 2008/9 revenues. 

The Group’s diversifi ed customer base includes construction, industrial 
and homeowner customers, as well as government entities and specialist 
contractors and is analysed by Standard Industry Classifi cation in the 
tables above.

However, the Group’s geographical scale and diversifi ed customer base 
assist in mitigating the adverse impact of these factors on the Group’s 
performance through: 

• 

• 

• 

reducing the impact of localised economic fl uctuations on our overall 
fi nancial performance; 
reducing our dependence on any particular customer or group of 
customers; and 
enabling us to meet the needs of larger customers who have a wide 
range of equipment needs. 

Our suppliers 
Like other large participants in the industry and in favourable market 
conditions, the Group purchases large amounts of equipment, parts and 
other items from its suppliers. This year, however, our capital expenditure 
on rental equipment was limited to replacement rather than expansion 
of our fl eet as both the US and UK economies slowed. 

We have worked with a lot of our customers for many years. Our experience 
is that we gain a large amount of repeat business. Our operating methods 
and focus on customer service aim to support and enhance this. We 
guarantee our service standards in both our businesses and voluntarily 
accept fi nancial penalties if we fail to meet our commitments to our 
customers. We believe that our focus on customer service and these 
guarantees help distinguish our businesses from competitors and assist 
us in delivering superior fi nancial returns. 

Across our rental fl eet, we generally seek to carry equipment from one 
or two manufacturers in each product range and to limit the number of 
model types of each product. We believe that having a standardised fl eet 
results in lower costs because we obtain greater discounts by purchasing 
spare parts in bulk and reduce maintenance costs through more focused, 
and therefore reduced, training requirements for our workshop staff. 
We are also able to share spare parts between profi t centres which helps 
to minimise the risk of over-stocking.

As a large portion of the Group’s customer base comes from the 
commercial construction and industrial sectors, the Group is dependent 
on levels of commercial construction or industrial activity. The factors 
which infl uence this activity include: 

• 

• 
• 

the strength of the US and UK economies over the long term, including 
the level of government spending; 
the availability of fi nance and the level of interest rates; and 
demand within business that drives the need for commercial 
construction or industrial equipment. 

We purchase equipment from vendors with strong reputations for product 
quality and reliability and maintain close relationships with these vendors 
to ensure good after-purchase service and support. However, we believe 
the Group has suffi cient alternative sources of supply for the equipment 
it purchases in each of its product categories. 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

  business and financial review continued
our business model

Improved staff retention
Sunbelt
%
50

A-Plant
%%
50

40

30

20

10

0

40

30

20

10

0

05

06

07 08 09

05

06

07 08 09

Our people 
We are a service business and we differentiate ourselves by the strength 
of our service offering. Central to our service offering is our people. We have 
a strong team which numbered almost 8,200 people at 30 April 2009.

This year, as part of our cost reduction programme, it has been necessary 
to reduce the overall size of our workforce. The nature of our business is 
such that we require skilled individuals working within a highly devolved 
structure and we have tried hard to ensure that, despite the need to lower 
costs, we have preserved these cultural strengths. 

The rental industry generally suffers from high staff turnover, particularly 
within certain job categories such as outside sales and delivery truck 
drivers, with turnover being particularly high within the fi rst year of 
employment. We have made generally good progress in improving our 
staff retention in recent years as shown in the chart above.

Both Sunbelt and A-Plant have extensive programmes in place to ensure the: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

recruitment of appropriate personnel to fulfi l any vacancies caused 
by promotion or turnover;
ongoing training and development of employees at all levels throughout 
the organisation;
alignment of our employees with the Company’s objectives, particularly 
in relation to customer service; and
appraisal, review and reward of our employees. 

These processes are subject to periodic review and development especially 
in response to changing business needs and market conditions. 

We motivate and reward our people through our profi t share programmes 
which ensure that driving our return on investment is an important part 
of our reward programmes. Our sales force is also incentivised based on 
sales volume and a broad measure of return on investment determined 
by reference to equipment type and discount level. 

We invest heavily in training and last year Sunbelt staff attended over 
9,700 classroom training sessions with a further 18,700 web-based 
sessions undertaken, whilst A-Plant staff attended over 2,400 sessions. 

  business and financial review continued
 key performance indicators

25

“  We measure the effectiveness of our 
business model through a number of 
key performance indicators.” Ian Robson

We constantly review our strategy and our business performance to 
ensure we are delivering against our stated objectives. At Group level, 
we measure the performance of the business using a number of key 
performance indicators (KPIs) which are shown in the table on the right.

Certain KPIs are more appropriately measured for each of our two 
operating businesses, whereas other KPIs are best measured for the 
Group as a whole and this is shown in the adjacent table. 

Whilst we have prepared the table to summarise in one place in 
this report the KPIs we use in the business, each KPI is repeated and 
discussed in context throughout this report.

Change in rental revenue due to:

– fl eet size

– utilisation

– rate and yield

– total

Dollar utilisation (rental revenue as a 
percentage of fl eet at cost)

Physical utilisation (fl eet on rent 
relative to total fl eet measured at cost)

Sunbelt

A-Plant

Group

–

+6%

-2%

-5%

-8%

-6%

-8%

-8%

57%

52%

66%

67%

–

–

–

–

– 

–

Underlying EBITDA margin

34.5% 30.2% 33.2%

Underlying operating profi t margin

16.7%

7.7% 14.4%

Underlying EPS

Return on Investment

Average fl eet age in months

–

–

10.8%

5.1%

38

27

Staff turnover (ignoring redundancies)

15.6% 21.3%

11.9p

9.7%

35

–

Net free cash fl ow generated (before 
growth investment and M&A)

Net debt to EBITDA leverage

Availability on our senior bank debt

Debtor days

–

–

–

42

–

£157m

– 2.6 times

–

62

$550m

47

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

  business and financial review continued
 principal risks and uncertainties

“  The Group faces a number of risks and 
uncertainties and it is management’s 
role to manage those risks.” Ian Robson

The Group faces a number of risks and 
uncertainties in its day-to-day operations 
and it is management’s role to mitigate 
and manage these risks. The Board has 
established a formal risk management 
process which has identifi ed the following 
principal risks and uncertainties which could 
affect employees, operations, revenues, 
profi ts, cash fl ows and assets of the Group.
Economic conditions
The construction industry in which we earn the majority of our revenues 
is cyclical with construction industry cycles typically lagging the general 
economic cycle by between six and 18 months. We recognise that we 
operate in a cyclical industry and expect that demand for our products 
and services will decline during the down phase of the cycle. As a result 
we seek to manage our operations prudently through the different phases 
of the cycle to our competitive advantage. We have also arranged our 
capital structure and our debt facilities in recognition of the cyclical nature 
of our industry.

Competition
The Group operates in a highly competitive market. While there are 
a small number of large companies, such as ourselves, operating on a 
national basis in each of our markets, there are also a large number of 
much smaller competitors at a local level. Considerable barriers to entry 
make it unlikely that additional national competitors will emerge in the 
short to medium term due to the signifi cant effort and resources needed 
to develop the suitable IT systems, personnel, locations and equipment 
fl eets required to operate on a national scale. However, on a local basis 
there is considerable churn amongst our smaller competitors. 

The competitive trading environment in which we operate helps maintain 
our business focus on creating commercial advantage by providing our 
customers with a high level of service, consistently, and at a price they 
consider good value. We regularly estimate and monitor our market share 
and track the performance of our competitors to ensure that we are 
performing effectively.

People
Our ability to attract and retain good people is key to delivering superior 
performance and customer service. We believe we provide attractive 
remuneration packages that reward and incentivise our staff, many of 
whom remain with us for much of their careers, thus preserving our skills 
base. If we were to suffer excessive staff turnover then it is likely that 
there would be an impact on our ability to maintain the appropriate 
quality of service to our customers which would ultimately adversely 
impact our fi nancial performance.

Health and safety
The Board is determined to ensure that our businesses provide a safe 
working environment for all our employees. We also have substantial 
processes in place to help support our customers exercise their 
responsibility to their own workforces when using our equipment. 
We maintain appropriate health and safety policies and procedures 
to reasonably guard our employees against risk and reinforce these 
procedures through appropriate training and induction programmes. 
Failures in our health and safety practices could have an adverse impact 
on individuals, attract fi nancial penalties or harm our reputation. 

 
Acquisitions
It is part of the Group’s strategy at the appropriate time in the 
construction cycle to acquire businesses in our core markets which 
add value. We recognise the risks associated in acquiring businesses 
and mitigate the risk of failure of an acquisition through a rigorous 
acquisition process, which is overseen by the Board. We undertake 
detailed operational and fi nancial due diligence to ensure particularly 
that operational risks are identifi ed and appropriately factored into 
our valuation of the target. Risks associated with the post-acquisition 
integration of an acquired business are mitigated through the 
development of a rigorous integration plan with close management 
and monitoring to ensure synergies are realised fully.

Information technology
Our businesses involve us in tracking and recording a high volume of 
relatively low value transactions. For example we own over 280,000 
units of rental equipment and in the past year entered into 2.4m rental 
contracts which are tracked and controlled using fully integrated 
computer systems in the US and UK. We are therefore heavily dependent 
on the robustness of the application software and network infrastructure 
which delivers these systems.

Both Sunbelt and A-Plant have invested in sophisticated and well 
protected data centres with multiple data links to protect against the 
risk of failure and consequently ensure these systems are on-line to all 
our locations every working day. A serious uncured failure in this area 
would have an immediate effect so each business also maintains separate 
near-live back-up data centres which are designed to be able to provide 
the necessary services in the event of a failure at the primary site. 
Both businesses have also prepared detailed business recovery plans 
which are tested periodically. 

Compliance with laws and regulations
The regulatory environment changes frequently imposing a continuing 
need on the Group to ensure that it has appropriate processes in place 
to achieve compliance with relevant legislation. The Group’s policies and 
practices therefore evolve as we update them to take account of changes 
in legal obligations. Our training and induction programmes are designed 
to ensure that our staff receive appropriate training and briefi ng on the 
policies relevant to their position and function in the organisation. 
This is underpinned by a Group-wide ethics policy and ‘whistle-blowing’ 
arrangements, by which employees may, in confi dence, raise concerns 
about any alleged improprieties. Failures in these processes could result 
in reputational damage or fi nancial penalty.

Accounting and treasury
There is a risk that fraud or accounting discrepancies may occur if our 
fi nancial and operational control framework is inadequate. This could 
result in a misstatement of the Group’s fi nancial performance. The Group 
believes that it has established a robust internal fi nancial control 
framework to mitigate this risk.

The Group’s trading and fi nancial activities expose it to various fi nancial 
risks which, if left unmanaged, could adversely affect current or future 
earnings. Principal amongst these are the risks that either the Group’s 
existing debt facilities become unavailable by virtue of non-compliance 
with the terms of those agreements or that the Group fails to replace 
existing facilities prior to their maturity and consequently has inadequate 
debt facilities available to it to meet its borrowing requirements.

27

The risk that the Group’s existing facilities become unavailable for any 
reason is substantially mitigated by the form of facilities chosen by the 
Group as discussed under ‘net debt’ on page 31 which results in there 
being effectively no quarterly monitored fi nancial covenants to adhere 
to and also in the Group maintaining substantial availability on its 
asset-based senior bank debt. The Group maintains close contacts with 
the providers of all its debt facilities to ensure they have timely access 
to all the information about the Group that they require.

The liquidity risk, relating to the continued availability to the Group 
of suffi cient debt facilities is managed fi rstly by the long maturity profi le 
in the Group’s existing facilities which have an average remaining term 
of 4.6 years at 30 April 2009. Within this the earliest maturity is of the 
asset-based senior bank debt facility where the existing commitment 
expires on 31 August 2011. The fi nance director reports regularly to the 
Board on the management of our debt liquidity profi le. 

Suppliers
The inability to obtain the right equipment and parts at the right time for 
a reasonable cost could have an adverse impact on the Group’s fi nancial 
performance. We have established close relationships with suppliers that 
have a strong reputation for product quality and reliability and good 
after-sales service and support. We believe the Group also has suffi cient 
alternative sources of supply for the equipment it purchases in each of 
its product categories. The size and scale of our business and of our rental 
fl eets also enables us to negotiate favourable delivery, pricing, warranty 
and other terms with our suppliers.

Environmental 
Our operations are subject to numerous laws governing environmental 
protection and occupational health and safety matters. These laws 
regulate such issues as wastewater, stormwater, solid and hazardous 
wastes and materials, and air quality. Under these laws, we may be 
liable for, among other things, the cost of investigating and remediating 
contamination at our sites as well as sites to which we send hazardous 
wastes for disposal or treatment regardless of fault, and also fi nes and 
penalties for non-compliance.

Our operations generally do not raise signifi cant environmental risks, but 
we use potentially hazardous materials to clean and maintain equipment, 
dispose of solid and hazardous waste and wastewater from equipment 
washing, and store and dispense petroleum products from underground 
and above-ground storage tanks located at some of our locations. We take 
our environmental and health and safety responsibilities seriously and 
have very stringent policies and procedures in place at all our depots to 
help minimise undue impact on the environment and keep our employees 
safe. More on this can be found in the Corporate Responsibility Report.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 business and financial review continued
our financials

Results

Sunbelt in $m 

2009 
1,450.0 

Sunbelt in £m 
A-Plant 
Group central costs 
Continuing operations   
Net fi nancing costs 
Profi t before tax, exceptionals and amortisation from continuing operations 
Ashtead Technology 
Exceptional items (net)  
Amortisation 
Total Group profi t before taxation 
Taxation 
Profi t attributable to equity holders of the Company 

865.5 
208.0 
 – 
1,073.5 

Margins 
Sunbelt 
A-Plant 
Group 

Revenue  
2008 
1,626.0 

810.0 
237.8 
 – 
1,047.8 

2009 
500.4 

298.7 
62.8 
(5.4) 
356.1 

EBITDA  
2008 
598.9 

298.4 
73.2 
(7.9) 
363.7 

  Operating profi t 
2008
330.9

2009 
241.8 

144.4 
16.1 
(5.5) 
155.0 
(67.6) 
87.4 
2.8 
(17.1) 
(3.4) 
69.7 
(6.7) 
63.0 

164.9
30.2
(8.0)
187.1
(74.8)
112.3
10.6
–
(2.6)
120.3
(42.7)
77.6

34.5% 
30.2% 
33.2% 

36.8% 
30.8% 
34.7% 

16.7% 
7.7% 
14.4% 

20.4%
12.7%
17.9%

The year’s results refl ect markedly different performances in the fi rst and second half of the year. In the fi rst half we saw revenue and profi t growth 
whereas the second half saw more signifi cant local currency revenue and profi t declines. During the second half operating results also benefi ted from 
the stronger dollar. As a result, reported Group revenues grew to £1.07bn1 (2008: £1.05bn), whilst the underlying pre-tax profi t was £87.4m (2008: 
£112.3m). Measured at constant exchange rates, to eliminate currency translation effects, underlying revenue declined 11% and underlying pre-tax 
profi t declined 29%.

Sunbelt
For the year, Sunbelt’s rental revenue declined 8% to $1,311m refl ecting a 
rental fl eet which was on average broadly fl at, physical utilisation of 66% 
(2008: 68%) and a decline in yield which averaged 5% for the year as a 
whole. Rental revenue grew 2% in the fi rst half followed by a 19% decline 
in the second half as markets slowed. In the fourth quarter, measured 
against strong comparatives, rental revenue declined 24% refl ecting an 
8% reduction in fl eet size, physical utilisation of 61% (2008: 64%) and 
a 14% reduction in yield.

A-Plant
For the year, A-Plant’s rental revenue declined 8% to £191m refl ecting a 
6% increase in average fl eet size, physical utilisation of 67% (2008: 71%) 
and an 8% reduction in average yield. As with Sunbelt, this refl ected fi rst 
half growth followed by a rapid reduction in the second half. For the 
fourth quarter, again measured against a strong comparative, A-Plant’s 
rental revenue decline was 22% refl ecting a fl eet size 5% smaller than 
in the prior year, physical utilisation at 68% (2008: 74%) and a yield 
reduction of 11%.

Since the acquisition of NationsRent in August 2006, Sunbelt reconfi gured 
and reshaped its enlarged business to deliver improved services to its 
customer base cost effectively. The ongoing benefi t of these steps was 
underpinned by the cost reduction actions taken in the second half 
resulting in an 8% reduction in Sunbelt’s full year operating cost base 
(excluding depreciation). The fourth quarter cost reduction was greater, 
with pre-depreciation costs down 20% as the additional cost reduction 
measures took hold.

As a result, Sunbelt’s EBITDA for the year declined 16% to $500m. 
Depreciation refl ected broadly the movement in Sunbelt’s average fl eet 
size and declined 4% in the year to give an underlying operating profi t for 
the year of $242m (2008: $331m). 

Action taken to reduce A-Plant’s costs resulted in a 12% reduction in 
underlying full year operating costs (excluding depreciation) to £145m 
and a much larger 23% reduction in the fourth quarter to £31m. 

Refl ecting these factors, A-Plant’s full year EBITDA declined 14% to £63m 
whilst the depreciation charge rose 9% to £47m refl ecting the growth in 
its fl eet size in the second half of the previous year. Consequently 
A-Plant’s full year underlying operating profi t was £16m down from £30m 
in the previous year.

Group results
On a continuing basis, excluding Ashtead Technology throughout, Group 
EBITDA before exceptional items declined 2% to £356m whilst underlying 
operating profi t reduced 17% to £155m. This refl ected the trading results 
discussed above together with the translation benefi t from the stronger 
dollar which averaged $1.68 in the year to April 2009, 16% stronger than 
2007/8’s average of $2.01.

Lower average interest rates and signifi cantly lower underlying average 
debt levels resulted in a lower fi nancing cost despite an adverse translation 
effect from the stronger dollar in which 99% of our debt is denominated. 

1  Following adoption in the year end accounts of the provisions of the 2008 ‘Improvements to IFRSs’, underlying revenue now includes as revenue £43.9m of proceeds generated from the sale of used 

rental equipment whilst underlying costs include as a cost of revenue, the £37.3m net book value of the equipment sold. This aligns our treatment of used sale proceeds under IFRS with that followed 
by Sunbelt’s peers under US GAAP. Previously under IFRS, Ashtead would have shown the £6.6m net gain as other income. Consequently this presentational change has had no impact on reported 
operating profi t or earnings.

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29

Exceptional items
Exceptional items comprised the £83m discussed above in relation to the 
cost reduction programmes together with a £66m pre-tax gain from the 
sale of Ashtead Technology in June 2008. Technology also contributed a 
£2m profi t in the period prior to disposal. After amortisation of acquired 
intangibles of £3m, the reported profi t before tax for the year was £1m 
(2008: £110m) whilst the underlying pre-tax profi t from continuing 
operations before exceptionals was £87m (2008: £112m).

Taxation
The effective tax rate for the year was stable at 34% (2008: 35%) with, 
again, virtually no cash tax being due. Accordingly the tax charge 
comprised almost entirely deferred tax. Moving forward, with more 
diffi cult markets ahead, the Group does not anticipate making signifi cant 
cash tax payments until economies in the UK and US recover from the 
current recession.

Earnings per share
Underlying earnings per share for the year decreased 20% to 11.9p (2008: 
14.8p) whilst basic earnings per share for the year were 12.5p (2008: 14.2p).

Dividends
The Board is proposing a fi nal dividend of 1.675p (2008: 1.675p) making 
2.575p for the year (2008: 2.5p) and costing £12.8m (2008: £12.8m). 
The proposed full year dividend is covered 4.5 times by underlying profi ts 
after tax from continuing operations. If approved by shareholders at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting, the fi nal dividend will be paid on 
11 September 2009 to shareholders on record at 21 August 2009.

Current trading and outlook
Most of our markets remain weak with limited visibility. However, May 
and early June have seen rental volumes in line with our expectations 
whilst rental yields have shown some tentative signs of fl attening month 
on month. As a result, the Board confi rms that its current expectations 
regarding 2009/10 performance are unchanged from those described in 
the trading update issued on 11 May.

We continue to believe that the fundamentals of our markets remain 
attractive and that, with our continuing focus on meeting the challenges 
of current market conditions and on cash generation, we are well 
positioned for the next phase of the cycle.

Balance sheet 
Fixed assets
Capital expenditure in the year was £238m (2008: £331m) of which 
£208m was invested in the rental fl eet (2008: £295m in total). Disposal 
proceeds totalled £100m (2008: £78m) giving net expenditure at £138m 
(2008: £253m). 

Expenditure on rental equipment was 87% of total capital expenditure 
with the balance relating to the delivery vehicle fl eet, property 
improvements and to computer equipment. Capital expenditure by 
division was as follows:

Sunbelt in $m 

Sunbelt in £m 
A-Plant 
Continuing operations   
Ashtead Technology 
Total rental equipment   
Delivery vehicles, property improvements & computers 
Total additions 

2009 
221.0 

149.1 
58.4 
207.5 
 – 
207.5 
30.8 
238.3 

2008
352.2

177.8
108.3
286.1
8.7
294.8
36.2
331.0

Refl ecting the fl eet downsizing undertaken in the second half, both Sunbelt’s 
and A-Plant’s rental fl eets are smaller at 30 April 2009 than at 30 April 2008. 
Accordingly, this year’s capital expenditure was entirely for replacement. 
In 2008, £126m was spent on growth and £169m on replacement. 

The average age of the Group’s serialised rental equipment, which 
constitutes the substantial majority of our fl eet, at 30 April 2009 was 
35 months (2008: 31 months) on a net book value basis. Sunbelt’s fl eet 
had an average age of 38 months (2008: 34 months) comprising 39 
months for aerial work platforms which have a longer life and 36 months 
for the remainder of its fl eet whilst A-Plant’s fl eet had an average age of 
27 months (2008: 23 months).

Next year’s capital expenditure is again expected to be entirely for 
replacement rather than growth. We currently anticipate spending around 
70% of depreciation or around £100m net of disposal proceeds but, with 
short lead times and no forward commitments, we have the fl exibility to 
adjust this as required to refl ect market conditions.

The original cost of the Group’s rental fl eet and the dollar utilisation for the year ended 30 April 2009 are shown below:

Sunbelt in $m 

Sunbelt in £m 
A-Plant 

30 April 2009 
2,136 

Rental fl eet at original cost 
LTM average  
2,284 

30 April 2008  
2,314 

LTM rental and 
rental related  
revenues 
1,311 

1,442 
321 
1,763 

1,168 
360 
1,528 

1,541 
365 
1,906 

783 
191 
974 

LTM dollar  
utilisation 
57% 

LTM physical
utilisation 
66%

57% 
52% 

66%
67%

Dollar utilisation is defi ned as rental revenues divided by average fl eet at original (or ‘fi rst’) cost. Dollar utilisation at Sunbelt was 57% in the year ended 
30 April 2009 (2008: 62%). Dollar utilisation of 52% (2008: 60%) at A-Plant refl ects the lower pricing (relative to equipment cost) in the competitive 
UK market. Physical utilisation is time-based utilisation, which is calculated at the daily average of the original cost of equipment on rent as a 
percentage of the total value of equipment in the fl eet at the measurement date.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 business and financial review continued
our financials

Trade receivables
Receivable days at 30 April were 47 days (2008: 52 days). The bad debt 
charge for the year ended 30 April 2009 as a percentage of total turnover 
was 1.6% (2008: 0.8%). Trade receivables at 30 April 2009 of £124m 
(2008: £137m) are stated net of provisions for bad debts and credit notes 
of £18m (2008: £13m) with the provision representing 12.4% (2008: 
8.4%) of gross receivables.

Trade and other payables
Group payable days were 53 days in 2009 (2008: 70 days). The reduction 
is due, primarily, to lower capital expenditure related payables at 30 April 
2009 of £9m (2008: £24m) which have longer payment terms. Payment 
periods for purchases other than rental equipment vary between seven 
and 45 days and for rental equipment between 30 and 120 days. 

Provisions
Provisions of £54m (2008: £28m) relate to the provision for self-insured 
retained risk under the Group’s self-insurance policies, as well as to the 
vacant property provisions.

The Group’s business exposes it to claims for personal injury, death or 
property damage resulting from the use of the equipment it rents and 
from injuries caused in motor vehicle accidents in which its vehicles are 
involved. The Group carries insurance covering a wide range of potential 
claims at levels it believes are suffi cient to cover existing and future 
claims. Our liability insurance programmes provide that we can only 
recover the liability related to any particular claim in excess of an agreed 
excess amount of typically between $500,000 and $650,000 depending 
on the particular liability programme. 

In certain, but not all, cases this liability excess amount is subject to an 
annual cap, which limits the Group’s maximum liability in respect of these 
excess amounts. A higher excess of up to $2m existed on our general 
liability policies until September 2008. Our insured liability coverage is 
limited in total to a maximum of £150m per occurrence.

Pensions
The Group operates a number of pension plans for the benefi t of 
employees, for which the overall charge included in the fi nancial 
statements was £5.8m (2008: £4.8m). Amongst these, the Group now 
has just one defi ned benefi t pension plan which covers approximately 
180 employees in the UK and which was closed to new members in 2001. 
All our other pension plans are defi ned contribution plans.

The Group’s defi ned benefi t pension plan, measured in accordance with 
IAS 19 – Employee Benefi ts, was £0.3m in surplus at 30 April 2009. During 
the year, asset values decreased by £16.7m against the expected return 
on plan assets of £4.1m included in the income statement. However, 
offsetting this impact was the benefi t of changes in the required market 
linked discount rate which increased from 6.25% in 2008 to 7.0% in 2009, 
reducing the value of liabilities by £9.3m. Accordingly there was a net 
actuarial loss of £7.4m in the year, which was taken to the statement 
of recognised income and expense.

Contingent liabilities
Sunbelt is subject to a class action lawsuit in Florida alleging, inter alia, 
that NationsRent (prior to its acquisition by Sunbelt in 2006) improperly 
charged its customers an environmental fee. In February 2009 the court 
certifi ed a class of all persons charged an environmental fee by 
NationsRent in the period between June 2003 and August 2006. The 
plaintiffs are asking that the environmental fee be returned to class 
members (an estimated $20m), plus interest and legal costs. The plaintiff’s 
claim is based on the theory that because NationsRent did not place the 
environmental fee revenue into an escrow account, it spent no money on 
‘environmental related’ expenses and the fee was ‘pure profi t’. Sunbelt’s 
legal advisers believe that the merits of the lawsuit are weak because 
there is no legal obligation to place the environmental fee into a 
segregated account. Moreover, NationsRent never indicated to its 
customers the environmental fee was hypothecated to any particular 
expenditure and, regardless, NationsRent incurred substantial 

‘environmental related’ costs. On 28 May 2009, a similar case was fi led in 
the North Carolina Court against Sunbelt by a plaintiff represented by the 
same plaintiff attorneys acting in the Florida case.

The Group is also subject to periodic legal claims and tax audits in the 
ordinary course of its business, none of which, including the NationsRent 
environmental matter, is expected to have a signifi cant impact on the 
Group’s fi nancial position. 

Cash fl ow

EBITDA before exceptional items   

2009 
£m 
358.9 

Year to 30 April
2008
£m
380.0

Cash infl ow from operations before exceptional  
costs and changes in rental equipment  
Cash effi ciency ratio* 

373.6 
104.1% 

356.4
93.8%

Maintenance rental capital expenditure 
Non-rental capital expenditure 
Rental equipment disposal proceeds   
Other property, plant and equipment disposal proceeds 
Tax received/(paid) 
Financing costs paid 
Cash fl ow before growth capex and exceptionals 
Growth capital expenditure 
Exceptional costs 
Free cash fl ow  
Business disposals/(acquisitions) 
Total cash generated/(absorbed)   
Dividends paid 
Share buy-backs & other equity transactions (net)   
Decrease/(increase) in net debt 

(208.5) 
(27.1) 
85.3 
6.6 
0.8 
(64.7) 
166.0 
– 
(9.4) 
156.6 
89.0 
245.6 
(12.9) 
(15.9) 
216.8 

(195.3)
(35.8)
87.1
5.6
(6.4)
(76.4)
135.2
(120.4)
(9.5)
5.3
(5.9)
(0.6)
(10.5)
(24.0)
(35.1)

*  Cash infl ow from operations before exceptional costs and changes in rental equipment as 

a percentage of EBITDA before exceptional items.

Cash infl ow from operations before exceptional costs and changes 
in rental equipment increased 4.8% to £374m and the cash effi ciency 
ratio was 104.1% (2008: 93.8%) as we converted over 100% of our 
pre-exceptional EBITDA into cash. 

This year payments for capital expenditure were broadly in line with 
capital expenditure delivered into the fl eet with a net £144m spent in 
the year (2008: £259m). 

There was a small tax recovery refl ecting the fact that tax payments 
remain low as a result of tax depreciation in excess of book and utilisation 
of tax losses. Financing costs paid differ slightly from the accounting charge 
in the income statement due to the timing of interest payments in the 
year and non-cash interest charges. They reduced signifi cantly due to the 
impact of both lower average interest rates and lower average debt levels.

After exceptional costs paid of £9m, representing mostly staff severance 
and vacant property costs, the Group generated £246m of net cash infl ow 
in the year. This refl ected net cash generation of £157m from operations 
and a further £89m generated from the sale of Ashtead Technology. 
£29m of this net infl ow was returned to equity shareholders by way of 
dividends (£13m) and share buy-backs (£16m) with the balance of £217m 
applied to reduce outstanding debt.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31

Net debt
The chart below shows how we held debt fl at in 2006 and 2007 whilst 
investing signifi cantly in fl eet reconfi guration and de-ageing following 
the NationsRent acquisition. Through 2008 and into the new fi scal year, 
we have signifi cantly lowered our capital expenditure, taking advantage 
of our young average fl eet age, and consequently have achieved and 
expect to continue to deliver signifi cant reductions in outstanding debt.

Net debt at constant currency 

£m

1,400

1,300

1,200

1,400

1,000

900

800

Debt
Leverage

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0 

t
e
g
r
a
T

Aug
06

Oct
06

Jan
07

Apr
07

Jul
07

Oct
07

Jan
08

Apr
08

Jul
08

Oct
08

Jan
09

Apr
09

Apr
10

In greater detail, closing net debt at 30 April 2009 comprised:

First priority senior secured bank debt  
Finance lease obligations 
8.625% second priority senior secured notes, due 2015 
9% second priority senior secured notes, due 2016  

Cash and cash equivalents  
Total net debt 

2009 
£m 

501.1 
7.9 
165.1 
363.5 
1,037.6 
(1.7) 
1,035.9 

2008
£m

556.2
15.2
122.2
271.4
965.0
(1.8)
963.2

Net debt at 30 April 2009 was signifi cantly lower than last year on a 
comparable basis at £1,036m (2008 net debt at constant exchange rates: 
£1,268m). Closing net debt was also $20m below the $1,555m target 
we originally announced a year ago. Closing net debt, however, includes 
an adverse translation increase of £285m since last year end refl ecting 
sterling’s 25% decline against the dollar in the past year and the fact that 
99% of our debt is drawn in dollars to provide a natural hedge against 
Sunbelt’s dollar based assets on which there was an equivalent £355m 
translation gain. 

The ratio of net debt to underlying EBITDA at constant rates was 2.6 times 
at 30 April 2009, almost unchanged from last year’s 2.5 times and well 
within our 2–3 times target range. This calculation uses the Group’s 
£395m EBITDA before exceptionals from continuing operations (excluding 
Ashtead Technology) for the 2008/9 year calculated at constant 30 April 
2009 exchange rates. 

Our debt package remains well structured for the challenges of current 
market conditions. We retain substantial headroom on facilities which 
are committed for the long term, an average of 4.6 years at 30 April 2009, 
with the fi rst maturity on our asset-based senior bank facility not being 
due until August 2011. The weighted average interest cost of these 
facilities (including non-cash amortisation of deferred debt raising costs) 
is approximately 6%, most of which is tax deductible in the US where the 
tax rate is 39%. 

Financial performance covenants under the two senior secured notes 
issues are only measured at the time new debt is raised. There are two 
fi nancial performance covenants under the asset-based fi rst priority 
senior bank facility:

• 

• 

funded debt to EBITDA before exceptional items not to exceed 4.0 
times; and
a fi xed charge ratio comparing EBITDA before exceptional items less 
net capital expenditure paid in cash to the sum of scheduled debt 
repayments plus cash interest, cash tax payments and dividends paid 
which is required to be equal or greater to 1.1 times.

These covenants are not, however, required to be adhered to when 
availability (the difference between the borrowing base and facility 
utilisation) exceeds $125m. At 30 April 2009 availability under the bank 
facility was $550m ($602m at 30 April 2008). Consequently the Group’s 
entire debt package is effectively covenant free.

Although the covenants were not required to be measured at 30 April 
2009, the Group was in compliance with both of them at that date as 
it had been throughout the fi scal year.

Debt facilities
The Group’s principal debt facilities are as follows: 

Asset-based fi rst priority, secured bank debt 
The $1.75bn fi rst priority asset-based senior secured loan facility (‘ABL 
facility’) consists of a $1.5bn revolving credit facility and a $250m term 
loan and is secured by a fi rst priority interest in substantially all of the 
Group’s assets. Pricing for the revolving credit facility is based on the ratio 
of funded debt to EBITDA according to a grid which varies, depending on 
leverage, from LIBOR plus 225bp to LIBOR plus 150bp. The term loan is 
priced at LIBOR plus 175bp. At 30 April 2009, the Group’s borrowing rate 
was LIBOR plus 175bp on both the term loan and the revolver. 

The ABL facility carries minimal amortisation of 1% per annum ($2.5m) 
on the term loan and is otherwise fully committed until August 2011. 
As the ABL facility is asset-based, the maximum amount available to be 
borrowed (which includes drawings in the form of standby letters of 
credit) depends on asset values (receivables, inventory, rental equipment 
and real estate) which are subject to periodic independent appraisal. 

8.625% second priority senior secured notes due 2015 having 
a nominal value of $250m 
On 3 August 2005, the Group, through its wholly owned subsidiary 
Ashtead Holdings plc, issued $250m of 8.625% second priority senior 
secured notes due 1 August 2015. The notes are secured by second 
priority security interests over substantially the same assets as the fi rst 
priority senior secured credit facility and are also guaranteed by Ashtead 
Group plc. 

9% second priority senior secured notes due 2016 having a nominal 
value of $550m 
On 15 August 2006, the Group, through its wholly owned subsidiary 
Ashtead Capital, Inc., issued $550m of 9% second priority senior secured 
notes due 15 August 2016. The notes are secured by second priority 
security interests over substantially the same assets as the senior secured 
credit facility and are also guaranteed by Ashtead Group plc. The two note 
issues rank pari passu on a second lien basis. 

Under the terms of both the 8.625% and 9% notes, the Group is, subject 
to important exceptions, restricted in its ability to incur additional debt, 
pay dividends, make investments, sell assets, enter into sale and leaseback 
transactions and merge or consolidate with another company. Interest 
is payable on the 8.625% notes on 1 February and 1 August of each year 
and on the 9% notes on 15 February and 15 August. Both senior secured 
notes are listed on the Offi cial List of the UK Listing Authority. 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 business and financial review continued
our financials

Minimum contracted debt commitments 
The table below summarises the maturity of the Group’s debt and also shows the minimum annual commitments under off balance sheet operating 
leases at 30 April 2009 by year of expiry: 

Bank and other debt  
Finance leases  
8.625% senior secured notes  
9% senior secured notes  

Deferred costs of raising fi nance 
Cash at bank and in hand 
Net debt 
Operating leases1  
Total 

2010 
£m 

1.7 
5.2 
– 
 – 
6.9 
– 
(1.7) 
5.2 
42.9 
48.1 

2011 
£m 

1.7 
2.4 
– 
 – 
4.1 
– 
 – 
4.1 
33.0 
37.1 

2012 
£m 

502.3 
0.3 
– 
 – 
502.6 
(4.6) 
 – 
498.0 
29.1 
527.1 

2013 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
 – 
– 
– 
 – 
– 
26.1 
26.1 

Payments due by year ended 30 April
Total
£m

Thereafter 
£m 

2014 
£m 

– 
– 
– 
 – 
– 
– 
 – 
– 
22.3 
22.3 

– 
– 
168.7 
371.2 
539.9 
(11.3) 
 – 
528.6 
96.0 
624.6 

505.7
7.9
168.7
371.2
1,053.5
(15.9)
(1.7)
1,035.9
249.4
1,285.3

1  Represents the minimum payments to which we were committed under operating leases.

Operating leases relate principally to properties which constituted 99% 
(£247m) of our total minimum operating lease commitments. There are 
also a few remaining operating leases relating to the vehicle fl eet which 
constituted the remaining 1% (£2m) of such commitments. 

Except for the off balance sheet operating leases described above, £21m 
($32m) of standby letters of credit issued at 30 April 2009 under the fi rst 
priority senior debt facility relating to the Group’s self-insurance programmes 
and $1.4m of performance bonds granted by Sunbelt, we have no material 
commercial commitments that we could be obligated to pay in the future 
which are not included in the Group’s consolidated balance sheet. 

Presentation of fi nancial information 
Currency translation and interest rate exposure 
Our reporting currency is the pound sterling. However, a majority of 
our assets, liabilities, revenue and costs are denominated in US dollars. 
Fluctuations in the value of the US dollar with respect to the pound 
sterling have had, and may continue to have, a signifi cant impact on 
our fi nancial condition and results of operations as reported in pounds 
due to the majority of our assets, liabilities, revenues and costs being 
denominated in US dollars. 

We have arranged our fi nancing so that approximately 99% of our 
debt was denominated in US dollars at 30 April 2009. At that date, 
dollar denominated debt represented approximately 81% of the value 
of dollar denominated net assets (other than debt) providing a partial, 
but substantial, hedge against the translation effects of changes in the 
dollar exchange rate. 

The dollar interest payable on this debt also limits the impact of changes 
in the dollar exchange rate on our pre-tax profi ts and earnings. Based on 
the currency mix of our profi ts currently prevailing and on current dollar 
debt levels and interest rates, every 1% change in the US dollar exchange 
rate would impact pre-tax profi t by 1.5%. 

Revenue
Our revenue is a function of our prices and the size, utilisation and mix of our 
equipment rental fl eet. The prices we charge are affected in large measure by 
utilisation and the relative attractiveness of our rental equipment, while 
utilisation is determined by market size and our market share, as well as 
general economic conditions. Utilisation is time-based utilisation which is 
calculated as the original cost of equipment on rent as a percentage of the 
total value of equipment in the fl eet at the measurement date. In the US, we 
measure time utilisation on those items in our fl eet with an original cost of 
$7,500 or more which constituted 84% of our US serialised rental equipment 

at 30 April 2009. In the UK, time utilisation is measured for all our serialised 
rental equipment. The size, mix and relative attractiveness of our rental 
equipment fl eet is affected signifi cantly by the level of our capital expenditure. 

The main components of our revenue are: 

• 

• 

• 

revenue from equipment rentals, including related revenues such as the 
fees we charge for equipment delivery, erection and dismantling services 
for our scaffolding rentals, fuel provided with the equipment we rent 
to customers, and loss damage waiver and environmental fees;
revenue from sales of new merchandise, including sales of parts and 
revenues from a limited number of sales of new equipment; and
revenues from the sale of used rental equipment. 

Costs 
The main components of our total costs are: 

• 

• 

• 

staff costs – staff costs at our profi t centres as well as at our central 
support offi ces represent the largest single component of our total 
costs. Staff costs consist of salaries, profi t share and bonuses, social 
security costs, and other pension costs, and comprised 30% of our total 
operating costs in the year ended 30 April 2009; 
used rental equipment sold which comprises the net book value of the used 
equipment sold in the year as it was stated in our accounts immediately 
prior to the time at which it was sold and any direct costs of disposal, 
comprised 8% of our operating costs in the year ended 30 April 2009;
other operating costs – comprised 39% of total costs in the year ended 
30 April 2009. These costs include: 

 –

 –

 –

 –

spare parts, consumables and outside repair costs – costs incurred for 
the purchase of spare parts used by our workshop staff to maintain 
and repair our rental equipment as well as outside repair costs; 
facilities costs – rental payments on leased facilities as well as utility 
costs and local property taxes relating to these facilities; 
vehicle costs – costs incurred for the purchase, maintenance and 
operation of our vehicle fl eet, which consists of our delivery trucks, 
the light commercial vehicles used by our mobile workshop staff 
and cars used by our sales force, profi t centre managers and other 
management staff; 
other costs – all other costs incurred in operating our business, 
including the costs of new equipment and merchandise sold, 
advertising costs and bad debt expense;

• 

depreciation – the depreciation of our property, plant and equipment, 
including rental equipment, comprised 23% of total costs in the year 
ended 30 April 2009.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
33

Self-insurance 
We establish provisions at the end of each fi nancial year to cover our 
estimate of the discounted liability for uninsured retained risks on unpaid 
claims arising out of events occurring up to the end of the fi nancial year. 
The estimate includes events incurred but not reported at the balance 
sheet date. The provision is established using advice received from external 
actuaries who help us extrapolate historical trends and estimate the most 
likely level of future expense which we will incur on outstanding claims. 
These estimates may however change, based on varying circumstances, 
including changes in our experience of the costs we incur in settling claims 
over time. Accordingly, we may be required to increase or decrease the 
provision held for self-insured retained risk. At 30 April 2009, the total 
provision for self-insurance recorded in our consolidated balance sheet 
was £27m (2008: £22m). 

Revenue recognition 
Revenue represents the total amount receivable for the provision of 
goods and services to customers net of returns and value added tax. 
Rental revenue, including loss damage waiver and environmental fees, 
is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the rental contract. 
Because the terms and conditions of a rental contract can extend across 
fi nancial reporting periods, the Group records unbilled rental revenue and 
deferred revenue at the beginning and end of the reporting periods so 
rental revenue is appropriately stated in the fi nancial statements. 

Revenue from rental equipment delivery and collection is recognised 
when delivery or collection has occurred and is recorded as rental revenue. 

Revenue from the sale of rental equipment, new equipment, parts and 
supplies, retail merchandise and fuel is recognised at the time of delivery 
to, or collection by, the customer and when all obligations under the 
sales contract have been fulfi lled. 

Revenue from sales of rental equipment in connection with trade-in 
arrangements with certain manufacturers from whom the Group purchases 
new equipment are accounted for at the lower of transaction value or fair 
value based on independent appraisals. If the trade-in price of a unit of 
equipment exceeds the fair market value of that unit, the excess is accounted 
for as a reduction of the cost of the related purchase of new rental equipment.

Geoff Drabble  
Chief executive  
17 June 2009

Ian Robson 
Finance director

A large proportion of our costs are fi xed in the short to medium term, and 
material adjustments in the size of our cost base typically result only from 
openings or closures of one or more of our profi t centres. Accordingly, our 
business model is such that small increases or reductions in our revenue 
can result in little or no change in our costs and often therefore have a 
disproportionate impact on our profi ts. We refer to this feature of our 
business as ‘operational leverage’. 

Critical accounting policies 
We prepare and present our fi nancial statements in accordance with 
applicable International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). In applying 
many accounting principles, we need to make assumptions, estimates and 
judgements. These assumptions, estimates and judgements are often 
subjective and may be affected by changing circumstances or changes in our 
analysis. Changes in these assumptions, estimates and judgements have the 
potential to materially affect our results. We have identifi ed below those of 
our accounting policies that we believe would most likely produce materially 
different results were we to change underlying assumptions, estimates and 
judgements. These policies have been applied consistently. 

Useful lives of property, plant and equipment 
We record expenditures for property, plant and equipment at cost. We 
depreciate equipment using the straight-line method over its estimated 
useful economic life (which ranges from three to 20 years with a weighted 
average life of eight years). We use an estimated residual value of 10% of 
cost in respect of most types of our rental equipment, although the range 
of residual values used varies between zero and 30%. We establish our 
estimates of useful life and residual value with the objective of allocating 
most appropriately the cost of property, plant and equipment to our profi t 
and loss account, over the period we anticipate it will be used in our business. 

We may need to change these estimates if experience shows that the 
current estimates are not achieving this objective. If these estimates 
change in the future, we may then need to recognise increased or 
decreased depreciation expense. Our total depreciation expense in the 
year ended 30 April 2009 was £245m. 

Impairment of assets 
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment at 30 April. 
Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for 
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised 
in the income statement for the amount by which the asset’s carrying 
amount exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are 
separately identifi able and independent cash fl ows for the asset being 
tested for impairment. In the case of goodwill, impairment is assessed 
at the level of the Group’s reporting units. The recoverable amount is 
the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. 

Management necessarily applies its judgement in estimating the timing 
and value of underlying cash fl ows within the value in use calculation as 
well as determining the appropriate discount rate. Subsequent changes 
to the magnitude and timing of cash fl ows could impact the carrying 
value of the respective assets. 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
our directors

1.  Chris Cole
Non-executive chairman 
Aged 62, Chris Cole has been a director since January 2002 and was 
appointed as non-executive chairman from 1 March 2007. Chris is 
chairman of the Nomination Committee and a member of the Finance 
and Administration Committee. He is chief executive of WSP Group plc.

Executive directors

2. Geoff Drabble 
Chief executive 
Aged 49, Geoff Drabble was appointed as chief executive on 1 January 
2007, having served as chief executive designate from 2 October 2006 
and as a non-executive director since April 2005. Geoff was previously 
an executive director of The Laird Group PLC where he was responsible 
for its Building Products division. Prior to joining The Laird Group, he held 
a number of senior management positions at Black & Decker. Geoff is 
chairman of the Finance and Administration Committee and a member 
of the Nomination Committee.

3. Ian Robson
Finance director 
Aged 50, Ian Robson has been fi nance director since June 2000. Prior 
to June 2000, Ian held a series of senior fi nancial positions at Reuters 
Group plc for four years. Before joining Reuters Group plc, he was 
a partner at Price Waterhouse (now PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP). 
Ian is a member of the Finance and Administration Committee. 

4. Joe Phelan 
President and chief executive offi cer, Sunbelt
Aged 52, Joe Phelan was appointed a director on 23 April 2009. 
Joe was formerly the chief executive offi cer of DHL Global Mail based 
in Weston, Florida and was also a member of Deutsche Post’s executive 
committee. Prior to joining DHL in 2004, he held a number of senior 
executive positions with American Airlines. Joe is an American citizen 
and lives in Weston, Florida.

5. Sat Dhaiwal
Chief executive offi cer, A-Plant
Aged 40, Sat Dhaiwal has been chief executive offi cer of A-Plant and 
a director since March 2002. Sat was managing director of A-Plant East, 
one of A-Plant’s four operational regions, from May 1998 to March 2002. 
Before that he was an A-Plant trading director from 1995 and, prior to 
1995, managed one of A-Plant’s profi t centres. 

Non-executive directors

6. Hugh Etheridge
Senior independent non-executive director 
Aged 59, Hugh Etheridge has been a director, chairman of the Audit 
Committee and a member of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees since January 2004. Hugh was appointed as senior 
independent non-executive director on 1 March 2007. He is chief 
fi nancial offi cer of the Waste and Resources Action Programme 
(‘WRAP’), a non-profi t organisation established by the UK Government 
to promote sustainable waste management. Before joining WRAP, he 
was fi nance director of Waste Recycling Group plc and prior to that, 
of Matthew Clark plc.

35

7.  Gary Iceton
Independent non-executive director 
Aged 59, Gary Iceton was appointed as a non-executive director and 
a member of the Audit and Nomination Committees effective from 
1 September 2004. Gary also became chairman of the Remuneration 
Committee on 1 March 2007. Until 2000 he was a director of St Ives plc 
and chairman and chief executive of its Books Division. More recently, 
he was chairman of Jarrold Limited and, prior to that, chief executive 
offi cer of Amertrans. With effect from 23 April 2008 he was appointed 
a director of Norfolk Education Industry & Commerce Group Limited.

8. Michael Burrow
Independent non-executive director 
Aged 56, Michael Burrow was appointed as a non-executive director 
and member of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees 
effective from 1 March 2007. Michael was formerly managing director 
of the Investment Banking Group of Lehman Brothers Europe Limited. 

9.  Bruce Edwards
Independent non-executive director 
Aged 54, Bruce Edwards was appointed as a non-executive director on 
8 June 2007 and a member of the Nomination Committee effective from 
26 February 2009. Bruce is the global chief executive offi cer for Exel 
Supply Chain at Deutsche Post World Net, and a member of its board 
of management. He joined DPWN following its acquisition of Exel PLC in 
December 2005. Prior to the acquisition, he was a director of Exel PLC and 
chief executive of its Americas businesses. Bruce is also a non-executive 
director of Greif Inc, a NYSE-listed packaging and container manufacturer. 
He is an American citizen and lives in Columbus, Ohio.

Details of the directors’ contracts, emoluments and share interests can 
be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.

Key:

  Audit Committee
  Remuneration Committee 
  Nomination Committee
  Finance and Administration Committee

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
directors’ report

The directors present their report and the audited accounts for the 
fi nancial year ended 30 April 2009.

Principal activities
The principal activity of the Company is that of an investment holding 
and management company. The principal activity of the Group is the 
rental of equipment to industrial and commercial users mainly in the 
non-residential construction sectors of the US and the UK.

Trading results and dividends
The Group’s consolidated profi t before taxation for the year was £0.8m 
(2008: £109.7m). A review of the Group’s performance and future 
development, including the principal risks and uncertainties facing the 
Group, is given in the Business and Financial Review on pages 7 to 33 
and in note 25 to the fi nancial statements. These disclosures form part 
of this report. The Company paid an interim dividend of 0.9p per ordinary 
share in February and the directors recommend the payment of a fi nal 
dividend of 1.675p per ordinary share, to be paid on 11 September 2009 
to those shareholders on the register at the close of business on 21 August 
2009, making a total dividend for the year of 2.575p (2008: 2.5p).

Share capital and major shareholders
Details of the Company’s share capital are given in note 20 to the 
fi nancial statements. 

Voting rights
Subject to the Articles of Association, every member who is present 
in person at a general meeting shall have one vote and on a poll every 
member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for 
every share of which he or she is the holder. The Trustees of the 
Employee Share Option Trust ordinarily follow the guidelines issued 
by the Association of British Insurers and do not exercise their right 
to vote at general meetings.

Under the Companies Acts, members are entitled to appoint a proxy, 
who need not be a member of the Company, to exercise all or any of their 
rights to attend and speak and vote on their behalf at a general meeting 
or any class of meeting. A member may appoint more than one proxy 
provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to 
a different share or shares held by that member. A corporate member may 
appoint one or more individuals to act on its behalf at a general meeting 
or any class of meeting as a corporate representative. The deadline for the 
exercise of voting rights is as stated in the notice of the relevant meeting.

Transfer of shares
Certifi ed shares
(i)   A share transfer form cannot be used to transfer more than one class 

of share. Each class needs a separate form.

(ii)  Transfers may be in favour of more than four joint holders, but the 

directors can refuse to register such a transfer.

(iii)  The share transfer form must be delivered to the registered offi ce, or 
any other place decided on by the directors. The transfer form must 
be accompanied by the share certifi cate relating to the shares being 
transferred, unless the transfer is being made by a person to whom 
the Company was not required to, and did not send, a certifi cate. 
The directors can also ask (acting reasonably) for any other evidence to 
show that the person wishing to transfer the shares is entitled to do so.

CREST shares
(i)   Registration of CREST shares can be refused in the circumstances set 

out in the Uncertifi ed Securities Regulations.

(ii) Transfers cannot be in favour of more than four joint holders.

Purchase of own shares
At the Annual General Meeting held on 23 September 2008 authority was 
given for the Company to purchase, on market, up to 52,303,603 ordinary 
shares at a maximum price of the higher of (i) an amount equal to 105% 
of the average of the middle market prices for an ordinary share as derived 
from The London Stock Exchange Daily Offi cial List for each of the fi ve 
business days immediately preceding the date on which the ordinary share 
is agreed to be purchased, and (ii) the price of the last independent trade 
and the highest current independent bid on the London Stock Exchange 
Offi cial List at the time the purchase is carried out. Details of the 
purchases made during the year are set out in note 20 on page 70.

So far as the Company is aware, the only holdings of 3% or more of the 
issued share capital of the Company as at 16 June 2009 (the latest 
practicable date before approval of the fi nancial statements) are as follows:

Standard Life Investments Limited 
Aviva plc 
Ameriprise Financial Inc  
JP Morgan Chase & Co   
Lazard Asset Management LLC 
AXA SA and Group of Companies 
Legal & General plc 
Gartmore Investment Limited 
Morgan Stanley 

%
8
7
5
5
5
5
4
4
3

Details of directors’ interests in the Company’s ordinary share capital and 
in options over that share capital are given in the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report on pages 41 to 45. Details of all shares subject to option are given 
in the notes to the fi nancial statements on page 72.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change of control provisions in loan 
agreements
A change in control of the Company (defi ned, inter alia, as a person or a 
group of persons acting in concert gaining control of more than 30% of 
the Company’s voting rights) leads to an immediate event of default under 
the Company’s asset-based senior lending facility. In such circumstances, 
the agent for the lending group may, and if so directed by more than 50% 
of the lenders shall, declare the amounts outstanding under the facility 
immediately due and payable.

Such a change of control also leads to an obligation, within 30 days of 
the change in control, for the Group to make an offer to the holders of the 
Group’s senior secured notes to redeem them at 101% of their combined 
face value of $800m.

Directors and directors’ insurance
Details of the directors of the Company are given on pages 34 and 35. 
The policies related to their appointment and replacement are detailed 
on page 38. Each of the directors as at the date of approval of this report 
confi rms, as required by section 418 of the Companies Act 2006 that 
to the best of their knowledge and belief:

(1)  there is no signifi cant information known to the director relevant 
to the audit, of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; and

(2)  each director has taken reasonable steps to make himself aware of such 
information and to establish that the Company’s auditors are aware of it.

The Company has maintained insurance throughout the year to cover all 
directors against liabilities in relation to the Company and its subsidiary 
undertakings. 

37

Policy on payment of suppliers 
Suppliers are paid in accordance with the individual payment terms agreed 
with each of them. The number of Group creditor days at 30 April 2009 
was 53 days (30 April 2008: 70 days) which refl ects the terms agreed 
with individual suppliers. There were no trade creditors in the Company’s 
balance sheet at any time during the past two years.

Political and charitable donations 
Charitable donations in the year amounted to £55,329 in total (2008: 
£24,573). No political donations were made in either year. 

Auditors
Deloitte LLP has indicated its willingness to continue in offi ce and in 
accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a resolution 
concerning its re-appointment and authorising the directors to fi x its 
remuneration, will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting 
The Annual General Meeting will be held at 2.00pm on Tuesday, 
8 September 2009. Notice of the meeting is set out in the document 
accompanying this Annual Report and Accounts. 

In addition to the adoption of the 2008/9 Annual Report and Accounts, 
the declaration of a fi nal dividend, resolutions dealing with the appointment 
and re-election of directors and the resolution dealing with the approval 
of the Directors’ Remuneration Report, there are six other matters which 
will be considered at the Annual General Meeting. These relate to the 
reappointment and remuneration of Deloitte LLP as auditors, the ability 
for the directors to unconditionally allot shares up to approximately 
one-third of the Company’s share capital, the disapplication of pre-
emption rights in relation to the previous resolution, empowering the 
Company to buy back up to 15% of its issued share capital and the ability 
to call a meeting other than a general meeting on not less than 14 days’ 
clear notice. The majority of these resolutions update for a further year 
similar resolutions approved by shareholders in previous years. 

By order of the Board

Eric Watkins
Company secretary
17 June 2009

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

corporate governance report

The revised Combined Code on corporate governance was published 
in June 2006 following a review by the Financial Reporting Council 
(‘the 2006 FRC Code’).

of Sunbelt and A-Plant. The directors also have access to the 
company secretary and are able to seek independent advice at 
the Company’s expense.

The Company is committed to maintaining high standards of corporate 
governance. The Board recognises that it is accountable to the Company’s 
shareholders for corporate governance and this statement describes how 
the Company has applied the relevant principles of the 2006 FRC Code. 

The Company complied throughout the year with the provisions of the 
2006 FRC Code on corporate governance. 

All directors are subject to election by shareholders at the fi rst Annual 
General Meeting after their appointment and to re-election thereafter 
at intervals of no more than three years. Non-executive directors are 
appointed for specifi ed terms not exceeding three years and are subject 
to re-election and the provision of the Companies Act relating to the 
removal of a director.

The Board 
The Company’s Board comprises the non-executive chairman, the 
chief executive, the fi nance director, the executive heads of Sunbelt and 
A-Plant, the senior independent non-executive director and three other 
independent non-executive directors. Short biographies of the directors 
are given on page 35.

The chairman undertakes leadership of the Board by agreeing Board 
agendas and encourages its effectiveness by the provision of timely, 
accurate and clear information on all aspects of the Group’s business, 
to enable the Board to take sound decisions and promote the success 
of the business. The chairman, assisted by other directors, reviews the 
effectiveness of each member of the Board no less than annually and 
facilitates constructive relationships between the executive and non-
executive directors through both formal and informal meetings.

The chairman ensures that all directors are briefed properly to enable 
them to discharge their duties effectively. All newly appointed directors 
undertake an induction to all parts of the Group’s business. Additionally, 
detailed management accounts are sent monthly to all Board members 
and, in advance of all Board meetings, an agenda and appropriate 
documentation in respect of each item to be discussed is circulated.

The chairman facilitates effective communication with shareholders 
through both the Annual General Meeting and by individual meetings 
with major shareholders, to develop an understanding of the views of the 
investors in the business. He also ensures that shareholders have access 
to other directors, including non-executive directors, as appropriate.

The chief executive’s role is to provide entrepreneurial leadership of 
the Group within a framework of prudent and effective controls, which 
enables risk to be assessed and managed. The chief executive undertakes 
the leadership and responsibility for the direction and management of 
the day-to-day business and conduct of the Group. In doing so, the chief 
executive’s role includes, but is not restricted to, implementing Board 
decisions, delegating responsibility, and reporting to the Board regarding 
the conduct, activities and performance of the Group. The chief executive 
chairs the Sunbelt and A-Plant board meetings and sets policies and 
direction to maximise returns to shareholders.

All directors are responsible under the law for the proper conduct of the 
Company’s affairs. The directors are also responsible for ensuring that the 
strategies proposed by the executive directors are discussed in detail and 
assessed critically to ensure they are aligned with the long-term interests 
of shareholders and are compatible with the interests of employees, 
customers and suppliers. The Board has reserved to itself those matters 
which reinforce its control of the Company. These include treasury policy, 
acquisitions and disposals, appointment and removal of directors or the 
company secretary, appointment and removal of the auditors and 
approval of the annual accounts.

Regular reports and briefi ngs are provided to the Board, by the executive 
directors and the company secretary, to ensure the directors are suitably 
briefed to fulfi l their roles. The Board normally meets six times a year and 
there is contact between meetings to advance the Company’s activities. 
It is the Board’s usual practice to meet at least annually with the boards 

In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, Michael Burrow, 
Bruce Edwards and Hugh Etheridge will offer themselves for re-election 
to the Board at the next Annual General Meeting. As this will be the fi rst 
Annual General Meeting since his appointment to the Board, Joe Phelan 
will also offer himself for election.

New Sunbelt chief executive
Joe Phelan’s appointment as the new chief executive of Sunbelt was 
announced on 7 April 2009 and he was appointed as a director of Ashtead 
Group plc on 23 April 2009. Prior to his appointment the Nomination 
Committee led an extensive search, considering both internal and external 
candidates for the role. The search was supported by an external search 
fi rm and resulted in the conclusion that Joe Phelan was the candidate best 
suited for the position. 

Non-executive directors 
In the recruitment of non-executive directors, it is the Company’s 
practice to utilise the services of an external search consultancy. Before 
appointment, non-executive directors are required to assure the Board 
that they can give the time commitment necessary to fulfi l properly 
their duties, both in terms of availability to attend meetings and discuss 
matters on the telephone and meeting preparation time. The non-
executives’ letters of appointment are available for inspection at the 
Annual General Meeting.

The non-executive directors (including the chairman) meet as and when 
required in the absence of the executive directors to discuss and appraise 
the performance of the Board as a whole and the performance of the 
executive directors. In accordance with the 2006 FRC Code, the non-
executive directors, led by the senior independent non-executive director, 
also meet at least annually in the absence of the chairman to discuss 
and appraise his performance.

Performance evaluation
The performance of the chairman, the chief executive, the Board and its 
committees is evaluated, amongst other things, against their respective 
role profi les and terms of reference. The executive directors are evaluated 
additionally against the agreed budget for the generation of revenue, 
profi t and value to shareholders.

The evaluation of the chairman, the Board and its committees was 
conducted by way of a questionnaire completed by all of the directors, 
the results of which were collated by the company secretary and 
presented to the entire Board. Based on this evaluation, the Board 
concluded that performance in the past year had been satisfactory.

Board committees
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprises Hugh Etheridge (chairman), who 
has relevant fi nancial experience, Gary Iceton and Michael Burrow. 
By invitation, the Group’s fi nance director, Ian Robson, and its director 
of fi nancial reporting, Michael Pratt, normally attend the Committee’s 
meetings, as do representatives of our internal and external auditors. 
Other directors are usually also invited to be present if available. 

39

The Audit Committee met on fi ve occasions during the year. The principal 
areas considered by the Committee since the last annual report included:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the results for the periods ended 31 July 2008, 31 October 2008 and 
31 January 2009 and the results for the year ended 30 April 2009;
the external audit plan and key areas of audit focus for the year ended 
30 April 2009;
reports from the external auditor, Deloitte, related to the results for 
the six months ended 31 October 2008 and the year ended 30 April 
2009. The Committee considered the work done and the key accounting 
estimates and principal judgemental accounting and reporting issues;
the independence, objectivity and effectiveness of Deloitte and, in 
that context, the level of audit and non-audit fees paid to them. The 
Committee was satisfi ed as to their independence, objectivity and 
effectiveness;
the internal audit plan for the year ended 30 April 2009 and the 
reports on the results of that work;
audit plans and reports from the internal operational auditors 
responsible for auditing detailed operational controls at a profi t 
centre level;
the Group risk register and reports from the chief executive on the 
work of the Group Risk Committee; 
the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and fi nancial 
reporting policies; and
reports on matters referred through the Group’s whistle blowing 
procedures and any actions taken following appropriate investigation.

The principal non-audit fees paid to the Company’s auditors, Deloitte LLP, 
for the year relate to their review of the Company’s interim results and 
a working capital report prepared in connection with the disposal of 
Ashtead Technology. The Audit Committee is satisfi ed that the nature 
of work undertaken and the level of non-audit fees did not impair their 
independence.

The Audit Committee’s terms of reference which were reviewed and 
updated on 23 October 2008 will be available for inspection at the Annual 
General Meeting.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee comprises Gary Iceton (chairman), 
Hugh Etheridge and Michael Burrow. 

The Remuneration Committee meets as and when required during the 
year to set the compensation packages for the executive directors, to 
establish the terms and conditions of the executive directors’ employment 
and to set remuneration policy generally. Chris Cole and Geoff Drabble 
normally attend the meetings of the Committee to assist it in its work. 
The Committee also engages remuneration consultants to advise it in its 
work as and when required.

None of the members of the Remuneration Committee is currently or 
has been at any time one of the Company’s executive directors or an 
employee. None of the executive directors currently serves, or has served, 
as a member of the board of directors of any other company which has 
one or more of its executive directors serving on the Company’s Board 
or Remuneration Committee.

The Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference will be available 
for inspection at the Annual General Meeting.

Nomination Committee
The current members of the Nomination Committee are Chris Cole 
(chairman), Geoff Drabble, Hugh Etheridge, Gary Iceton, Michael Burrow 
and Bruce Edwards (appointed 26 February 2009). The Nomination 
Committee meets as and when required to consider the structure, 
the size and composition of the Board of directors. 

The Nomination Committee’s terms of reference which were reviewed 
and updated on 23 October 2008 will be available for inspection at the 
Annual General Meeting.

Attendance at Board and Committee meetings held between 
1 May 2008 and 30 April 2009

Number of meetings held 

Board 
6 

Audit 
5 

Remuneration 
5 

Nomination
1

Chris Cole  
Sat Dhaiwal 
Geoff Drabble  
Cliff Miller * 
Joe Phelan ** 
Ian Robson 
Michael Burrow  
Hugh Etheridge 
Bruce Edwards 
Gary Iceton  

6 
6 
6 
5 
1 
6 
6 
6 
6 
6 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5 
5 
– 
5 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5 
5 
– 
5 

1
–
1
–
–
–
1
1
1
1

* Cliff Miller’s appointment as a director terminated on 6 April 2009
** Joe Phelan was appointed a director by the Board on 23 April 2009

Finance and Administration Committee
The Finance and Administration Committee comprises Chris Cole, Geoff 
Drabble and Ian Robson and is chaired by Geoff Drabble. The Board of 
directors has delegated authority to this Committee to deal with routine 
fi nancial and administrative matters between Board meetings. The 
Committee meets as necessary to perform its role and has a quorum 
requirement of two members with certain matters requiring the 
participation of Chris Cole, non-executive chairman, including, for example, 
the approval of material announcements to the London Stock Exchange. 

Internal control 
The directors acknowledge their responsibility for the Group’s system 
of internal control and confi rm they have reviewed its effectiveness. 
In doing so, the Group has taken note of the relevant guidance for 
directors, namely Internal Control: Guidance for Directors on the 
Combined Code (the Turnbull Guidance).

The Board confi rms that there is a process for identifying, evaluating 
and managing signifi cant risks faced by the Group. This process has been 
in place for the full fi nancial year and is ongoing. During the year, this 
process was strengthened through the formation of a formal Group Risk 
Management Committee with the objective of encouraging best risk 
management practice across the Group and a culture of regulatory 
compliance and ethical behaviour. The Group Risk Management 
Committee reports annually to the Audit Committee. These processes 
accord with the Turnbull Guidance.

The Board considers that the Group’s internal control system is designed 
appropriately to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives. Any such control system, however, can 
only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material 
mis-statement or loss. 

The Group reviews the risks it faces in its business and how these risks 
are managed. These reviews are conducted in conjunction with the 
management teams of each of the Group’s businesses and are documented 
in an annual report. The reviews consider whether any matters have arisen 
since the last report was prepared which might indicate omissions or 
inadequacies in that assessment. It also considers whether, as a result of 
changes in either the internal or external environment, any new signifi cant 
risks have arisen. The executive directors reviewed the draft report for 
2009, which was then presented to, discussed and approved by the Audit 
Committee on 12 May 2009 and by the Group Board on 15 June 2009.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
corporate governance report continued

Before producing the statement on internal control for the Annual Report 
and Accounts for the year ended 30 April 2009, the Board reconsidered 
the operational effectiveness of the Group’s internal control systems. 
In particular, through the Audit Committee, it received reports from the 
operational audit teams and considered the status of implementation 
of internal control improvement recommendations made by the Group’s 
internal auditors and its external auditors. The control system includes 
written policies and control procedures, clearly drawn lines of 
accountability and delegation of authority, and comprehensive reporting 
and analysis against budgets and latest forecasts. 

In a group of the size, complexity and geographical diversity of Ashtead, 
minor breakdowns in established control procedures can occur. There are 
supporting policies and procedures for investigation and management 
of control breakdowns at any of the Group’s profi t centres or elsewhere. 
The Audit Committee also meets regularly with the external auditors 
to discuss their work. 

a fair presentation will be achieved by compliance with all applicable 
International Financial Reporting Standards. Directors are also required to:

• 
• 

• 

properly select and apply accounting policies;
present information, including accounting policies, in a manner that 
provides relevant, reliable, comparable and understandable information; 
and
provide additional disclosures when compliance with the specifi c 
requirements in IFRS is insuffi cient to enable users to understand 
the impact of particular transactions, other events and conditions 
on the entity’s fi nancial position and fi nancial performance.

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records which 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the fi nancial position of the 
Company, for safeguarding the assets, for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities and for the 
preparation of a directors’ report and directors’ remuneration report 
which comply with the requirements of the Companies Act.

In relation to internal fi nancial control, the Group’s control and monitoring 
procedures include:

The Board confi rms to the best of its knowledge:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the maintenance and production of accurate and timely fi nancial 
management information, including a monthly profi t and loss account 
and selected balance sheet data for each profi t centre;
the control of key fi nancial risks through clearly laid down authority 
levels and proper segregation of accounting duties at the Group’s 
accounting support centres;
the preparation of a monthly fi nancial report to the Board, including 
income statements for the Group and each subsidiary, balance sheet 
and cash fl ow statement;
the preparation of an annual budget and periodic update forecasts 
which are reviewed by the executive directors and then by the Board;
a programme of rental equipment inventories and full inventory counts 
conducted at each profi t centre by equipment type independently 
checked on a sample basis by our operational auditors and external 
auditors;
detailed internal audits at the Group’s major accounting centres 
undertaken by internal audit specialists from a major international 
accounting fi rm; 
comprehensive audits at the profi t centres generally carried out 
annually by internal operational audit. A summary of this work is 
provided annually to the Audit Committee; and
a review of arrangements by which staff may, in confi dence, raise 
concerns about possible improprieties in matters of fi nancial reporting 
or other matters.

Statement of directors’ responsibilities
The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the 
fi nancial statements. The directors are required to prepare fi nancial 
statements for the Group in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union and 
have also elected to prepare fi nancial statements for the Company 
in accordance with IFRS. Company law requires the directors to prepare 
such fi nancial statements in accordance with IFRS, the Companies Act 
and Article 4 of the IAS Regulations.

IAS 1 – Presentation of Financial Statements, requires that fi nancial 
statements present fairly for each fi nancial year the Company’s 
fi nancial position, fi nancial performance and cash fl ows. This requires 
the representation of the effects of transactions, as well as other events 
and conditions, in accordance with the defi nitions and recognition criteria 
for assets, liabilities, income and expenses set out in the International 
Accounting Standards Board’s Framework for the Preparation and 
Presentation of Financial Statements. In virtually all circumstances, 

• 

• 

the consolidated fi nancial statements, prepared in accordance with 
IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and IFRS 
as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
fi nancial position and profi t of the Group; and
the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and the position of the Group, together 
with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of 
fi nancial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Going concern
The Group’s operations and fi nancial condition, together with factors likely 
to affect its future development, performance and condition are set out 
in the Business and Financial Review on pages 7 to 33. In particular, 
the Group’s fi nancial management and cash fl ow, including details of 
the Group’s banking facilities are set out on pages 30 to 32. In addition, 
note 25 to the fi nancial statements describes the Group’s fi nancial risk 
management policies and processes, including its exposure to interest 
rate risk, currency exchange risk, credit risk and liquidity risk.

The Group’s debt facilities are committed for a weighted average period 
of 4.6 years with the earliest signifi cant maturity being the ABL facility 
which matures in August 2011. The Group fi nances its day to day activity 
via the ABL facility under which available unused borrowings totalled 
$550m at 30 April 2009. Taking account of reasonably possible changes 
in trading performance and used equipment values and recognising the 
risks generated by the uncertain economic outlook, the Group expects 
to maintain signifi cant headroom under the ABL facility until its maturity. 
As a consequence, the directors believe the Group is well placed to 
manage its fi nancing risks successfully.

After making enquiries, the directors therefore have a reasonable expectation 
that the Company and the Group have adequate resources to continue in 
operation for the foreseeable future and consequently that it is appropriate 
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the fi nancial statements. 

By order of the Board

Eric Watkins
Company secretary
17 June 2009

directors’ remuneration report

41

Introduction
This report has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 of the 
Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 (the ‘Regulations’). The report also meets the relevant 
requirements of the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority and 
describes how the Board has applied the Principles of Good Governance 
relating to directors’ remuneration. As required by the Regulations, 
a resolution to approve the report will be proposed at the forthcoming 
Annual General Meeting of the Company.

The Regulations require the auditors to report to the Company’s members 
on elements of the Directors’ Remuneration Report and to state whether, 
in their opinion, that part of the report has been properly prepared in 
accordance with the Accounting Regulations. The report has therefore 
been divided into separate sections for audited and unaudited information.

Unaudited information
Remuneration Committee
The Company has established a Remuneration Committee (‘the 
Committee’) in accordance with the recommendations of the Combined 
Code. The members of the Committee are Gary Iceton (chairman), Hugh 
Etheridge and Michael Burrow. None of the Committee members has any 
personal fi nancial interests, other than as shareholders, in the matters to 
be decided.

The Group’s chief executive, Geoff Drabble, normally attends the meetings 
of the Committee to advise on operational aspects of the implementation 
of existing policies and policy proposals, except where his own 
remuneration is concerned, as does the non-executive chairman, Chris 
Cole. The company secretary acts as secretary to the Committee. Under 
Gary Iceton’s direction, the company secretary and Geoff Drabble have 
responsibility for ensuring the Committee has the information relevant to 
its deliberations. In formulating its policies, the Committee has access to 
professional advice from outside the Company, as required, and to publicly 
available reports and statistics. External professional advice was obtained 
in the year from Hewitt New Bridge Street (HNBS) which assisted the 
Company with the amendment to the rules of the Company’s Performance 
Share Plan which was approved by shareholders at the 2008 Annual 
General Meeting. HNBS did not provide any other services to the Company.

Remuneration policy for executive directors
Executive remuneration packages are designed to attract, motivate 
and retain directors of the high calibre needed to achieve the Group’s 
objectives and to reward them for enhancing value to shareholders. 
The main elements of the remuneration package for executive directors 
and senior management are:

• 
• 
• 
• 

basic annual salary and benefi ts in kind; 
annual performance related bonus plan;
Performance Share Plan awards; and
pension arrangements.

In assessing all aspects of pay and benefi ts, the Company compares 
packages offered by similar companies, which are chosen having regard to:

• 

• 
• 
• 

the size of the company (enterprise value, revenues, profi ts and number 
of employees); 
the diversity and complexity of its businesses; 
the geographical spread of its businesses; and 
their growth, expansion and change profi le.

In making the comparisons, the Company also takes into consideration 
the Group’s signifi cant operations in the US where the Company has a 
number of large, successful competitors who compete with it for top 
management talent.

The Committee implements its remuneration policies by the design of 
reward packages for executive directors comprising the appropriate mix 
of salary, performance related annual cash incentive bonuses and share 

related incentives. A signifi cant proportion of the overall package 
comprises performance related elements.

None of the executive directors hold any outside appointments. 

Basic salary
An executive director’s basic salary is normally determined by the 
Committee before the start of the year and when an individual changes 
position or responsibility. In deciding appropriate levels, the Committee 
considers the experience and performance of individuals and relationships 
across the board and seeks to be competitive, but fair, using information 
drawn from both internal and external sources and taking account of pay 
and conditions elsewhere in the Company. Refl ecting the current market 
environment and focus on operating costs, salaries for 2009/10 have been 
held at their 2008/9 level. Joe Phelan’s salary of $520,000 per annum is 
also slightly lower than the fi nal salary of his predecessor.

Annual performance related bonus plan
Under the annual performance related bonus plan for executive directors, 
payouts for the year to 30 April 2009 were related directly to profi tability 
and cash fl ow and were subject to a cap of 100% of salary. The 
Committee establishes the objectives that must be met for each fi nancial 
year if a cash incentive bonus for that year is to be paid. In determining 
bonus parameters, the Committee’s objective is to set targets that refl ect 
appropriately challenging fi nancial performance.

The target for Geoff Drabble and Ian Robson relating to profi tability was 
not achieved but the target relating to cash fl ow was fully achieved. As a 
result they earned 25% of their maximum bonus entitlement for the year. 
The fi nancial targets relevant to Sat Dhaiwal and Cliff Miller were not 
achieved and accordingly they received no bonus. 

For the year to 30 April 2010, executive directors’ performance related 
bonuses will be subject to a cap of 100% of salary with 50% of bonus 
potential based on a profi tability target and 50% on a cash fl ow target. 

Share-based incentives
Details of the Company’s share-based incentives are set out below.

Previous plans
A.  Executive share option plans
Until 2002, it was the Committee’s policy to make regular awards under 
the Company’s executive share option plans to senior staff. No awards 
have been granted under this plan since February 2002. Shareholder 
approval for this plan had been granted in 1996 and accordingly the plan 
formally lapsed in October 2006.

B.   Investment Incentive Plan
The Committee has not made any awards under this plan since 2004/5 
and the Company does not intend to make further awards under this plan, 
which lapses in 2011.

Current Plan – Performance Share Plan
Under the Performance Share Plan executive directors and other members 
of the senior management team may annually be awarded a conditional 
right to acquire shares (‘performance shares’) the vesting of which 
depends on the satisfaction of demanding performance conditions. 
Performance conditions are based on Total Shareholder Return (‘TSR’) 
and/or earnings per share (‘EPS’).

In recent years, the policy has been to grant awards of shares with a 
market value at the date of grant equal to between 20% and 100% of the 
participant’s base salary with the executive directors typically receiving 
the upper end of this range. Following approval of the amendment to the 
Performance Share Plan Rules at the 2008 Annual General Meeting, Geoff 
Drabble’s 2008 award was based on 150% of his base salary as at the date 
of grant but the awards for the other executive directors remained at 
100% of base salary.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

directors’ remuneration report continued

The performance criteria vary by year of award and are as follows:

Performance criteria (measured over three years)

Award date 
17/8/05 

Financial year  
2005/6 

12/10/06 
30/7/07 
14/10/08 

2006/7 
2007/8 
2008/9 

EPS (% of award) 
Status
2007/8 EPS between 7.7p (12.5% vested)  
EPS target met in full and 50% of the
to 9.1p (50% vested)  
award vested. The remaining 50% lapsed
2008/9 EPS – 16.2p (12.5% vested) – 19p (100% vested) 
Lapsed
Not completed
2009/10 EPS – RPI + 4% p.a. (30% vested) – RPI + 10% p.a. (100% vested) 
2010/11 EPS – RPI + 0%p.a. (12.5% vested)   From date of grant versus FTSE 250 Index  Not completed
– RPI + 5%p.a. (50% vested) 

TSR (% of award) 
From date of grant versus FTSE 250 Index 
(12.5% at median; 50% at upper quartile) 

(12.5% median; 50% at upper quartile)

For performance between the lower and upper EPS ranges and, where applicable, also the lower and upper TSR ranges, vesting of the award is scaled 
on a straight-line basis.

EPS for the purpose of the awards was based on the profi t before tax, exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles less a notional 30% tax 
charge for awards made for years up to 2006/7. Thereafter awards have been based on EPS computed using the same profi t defi nition less the actual 
tax charge included in the accounts. The Remuneration Committee considers it most appropriate to measure TSR performance relative to the FTSE 250 
(excluding investment trusts) rather than a specifi c comparator group of companies because there are few direct comparators to the Company listed 
in London and because the Company is a FTSE 250 company.

Following consultation with the Company’s major shareholders in 2008, the Committee reintroduced a TSR performance target for its 2008/9 PSP 
awards in addition to an EPS target. Given the cyclical nature of our business the Committee intends to vary the proportion of the performance criteria 
represented by EPS and TSR over the cycle between 50%/50%, 75%/25% and 25%/75%. For the forthcoming 2009/10 PSP awards, the Committee 
intends that vesting will be based as to 75% on TSR and 25% on EPS.

As agreed by the Nomination and Remuneration Committees prior to Joe Phelan joining the Group, Joe’s 2009/10 PSP award will be enhanced by 
around 15% ($80,000) above the award of 100% of base salary awarded to other executive directors at his level to compensate him for incentives 
lost when he left his previous employment. 

Shareholding guidelines
Executive directors are required to retain no fewer than 50% of shares 
that vest under the Performance Share Plan (net of taxes) until such 
time as a shareholding equivalent to 100% of salary is achieved and 
thereafter maintained.

Employee Share Ownership Trust
The Group has established an Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT) to 
acquire and hold shares in the Company to satisfy potential awards under 
the Performance Share Plan. At 30 April 2009, the ESOT held a benefi cial 
interest in 5,752,818 shares. 

Relative performance
The following graph compares the Company’s TSR performance with the 
FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) over the fi ve years ended 
30 April 2009. The FTSE 250 is the Stock Exchange index the Committee 
considers to be the most appropriate to the size and scale of the 
Company’s operations.

900

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

Apr
04

Apr
05

Apr
06

Apr
07

Apr
08

Apr
09

Ashtead Group plc

FTSE 250 Index (excluding Investment Trusts)

Source: Thomson Financial

This graph shows the value, by 30 April 2009, of £100 invested in Ashtead 
Group plc on 30 April 2004 compared with the value of £100 invested in 
the FTSE 250 Index (excluding Investment Trusts). The other points 
plotted are the values at intervening fi nancial year-ends.

Directors’ pension arrangements
The Company makes a payment of 40% of his base salary to Geoff Drabble 
in lieu of providing him with any pension arrangements.

Under the terms of his contract, Ian Robson is entitled to retire at age 60 
on a pension equal to one-thirtieth of his fi nal salary for each year of 
pensionable service. His pension is provided through the Company’s 
Retirement Benefi ts Plan, which is a defi ned benefi ts scheme. Ian Robson’s 
contract also contains early retirement provisions allowing him to retire 
and draw a pension based on actual years of service, but without 
deduction for early payment. This takes effect in May 2010 once he has 
completed 10 years service with the Company (or at any time after age 50 
if there is a change of control). Ian Robson pays contributions equal to 
7.5% of his salary to the Retirement Benefi ts Plan.

Sat Dhaiwal’s pension benefi ts are also provided entirely through the 
Ashtead Group plc Retirement Benefi ts Plan. His pension rights accrue at 
the rate of one-sixtieth of salary (as defi ned) for each year of pensionable 
service and his normal retirement date is at age 65. Sat Dhaiwal pays 
contributions equal to 7.5% of his salary to the Retirement Benefi ts Plan.

The Retirement Benefi ts Plan also provides for:

• 

• 

• 

• 

in the event of death in service or death between leaving service and 
retirement while retaining membership of the plan, a spouse’s pension 
equal to 50% of the member’s deferred pension, calculated at the date 
of death plus a return of his contributions;
in the event of death in retirement, a spouse’s pension equal to 50% 
of the member’s pension at the date of death;
an option to retire at any time after age 50 with the Company’s 
consent. Early retirement benefi ts are reduced by an amount agreed 
between the actuary and the trustees as refl ecting the cost to the plan 
of the early retirement. In 2010, government regulations raise the 
minimum early retirement age to 55; and
pension increases in line with the increase in retail price infl ation up 
to a limit of currently 5% a year in respect of service since 1997.

Joe Phelan receives a payment of 15% of his base salary during his fi rst 
year of employment in lieu of providing him with any pension 
arrangements. This reduces to 14% of base salary thereafter.

  
 
 
   
 
   
 
43

Executive directors’ service agreements
The service agreements between the Company and Geoff Drabble (dated 6 July 2006), Ian Robson (dated 4 August 2000), Sat Dhaiwal (dated 8 July 2002) 
and between Sunbelt and Joe Phelan (dated 20 April 2009) are all terminable by either party giving the other 12 months’ notice. The service agreements 
for each of the executive directors all contain non-compete provisions appropriate to their roles. 

Remuneration policy for non-executive directors
The remuneration of the non-executive directors is determined by the Board within limits set out in the Articles of Association. None of the 
non-executive directors has a service contract with the Company and their appointment is therefore terminable by the Board at any time. 

An ordinary resolution concerning the Group’s remuneration policies will be put to shareholders at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Audited information
Directors’ remuneration
The total amount of directors’ remuneration was £2,309,000 (2008: £3,691,000) and consisted of emoluments of £2,140,000 (2008: £2,740,000), 
gains on exercise of shares options of £45,000 (2008: £20,000) and £124,000 (2008: £931,000) receivable under long-term incentive plans.

The emoluments of the directors, excluding pension benefi ts, which are included in staff costs in note 3 to the fi nancial statements, were as follows:

Name 
Executive: 
Sat Dhaiwal  
Geoff Drabble 
Joe Phelan(iii) 
Ian Robson 

Non-executive: 
Chris Cole 
Michael Burrow 
Bruce Edwards 
Hugh Etheridge 
Gary Iceton 

Former director: 
Cliff Miller(iv) 

2008 

Salary 
£’000 

220 
456 
6 
328 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

305 
1,315 
1,215 

Fees 
£’000 

– 
– 
– 
– 

110 
40 
40 
55 
45 

 – 
290 
252 

Performance 
related 
bonus 
£’000 

Benefi ts 
in 
kind(i) 
£’000 

Other 

allowances(ii) 

£’000 

Total 
emoluments 
2009 
£’000 

Total
emoluments
2008
£’000

– 
114 
– 
82 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

 – 
196 
944 

2 
31 
– 
1 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

10 
44 
42 

13 
225 
1 
11 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

45 
295 
287 

235 
826 
7 
422 

110 
40 
40 
55 
45 

360 
2,140 

431
1,061
–
635

100
35
32
45
40

361
2,740
2,740

i  Benefi ts in kind comprise the taxable benefi t of company owned cars, private medical insurance and subscriptions. 
ii  Other allowances include car allowances, travel and accommodation allowances and the payment of 40% of salary in lieu of pension contributions for Geoff Drabble and 15% for Joe Phelan.
iii  From date of appointment.
iv  In accordance with the terms and conditions of his service contract and the Company having received an executed severance and release agreement and conditional on his observing the non-compete 

and non-solicit provisions in his service contract, Cliff Miller will continue to be paid his base salary for a period of 12 months from the termination of his employment. With the exception of his right under 
the Sunbelt deferred compensation plan (into which he had elected to defer a portion of his prior period salary and annual bonuses) to draw the outstanding balance from that plan due to him at times and 
in amounts of his choosing, no other payments are due with respect to Cliff Miller’s departure. He remains a participant in the Performance Share Plan in respect of previous awards on a pro rata basis up 
to his date of departure.

Key management 
In accordance with IAS 24 – Related Party Disclosures, key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, 
directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly. The Group’s key management comprise the Company’s executive and 
non-executive directors. 

Compensation for key management was as follows:

Salaries and short-term employee benefi ts 
Post-employment benefi ts 
National insurance and social security 
Share-based payments   

2009 
£’000 
2,140 
93 
288 
(938) 
1,583 

2008
£’000
2,740
52
328
725
3,845

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
directors’ remuneration report continued

Directors’ pension benefi ts

Sat Dhaiwal 
Ian Robson 

Age at  
30 April 
2009 
Years 
40 
50 

Accrued 
pensionable 
service at 
30 April 2009 
Years 
15 
9 

Contributions 
paid by the 
director 
£’000 
17 
25 

Accrued 
annual 
pension at 
30 April 2009 
£’000 
52 
93 

Increase in annual 
pension during the year 
Total 
increase 
£’000 
7 
13 

Excluding 
infl ation  
£’000 
4 
9 

Transfer 
value of  
 accrued 
pension at 
30 April 2009 
£’000 
357 
1,392 

Transfer 
value of 
accrued  
pension at 
30 April 2008 
£’000 
208 
953 

Increase
in transfer
value over
the year
£’000
132
414

Notes:
(1) The transfer values represent the amount which would have been paid to another pension scheme had the director elected to take a transfer of his accrued pension entitlement at that date and have been calculated 
by the scheme’s actuaries in accordance with Actuarial Guidance Note GN11 published by the Institute of Actuaries and the Faculty of Actuaries. They are not sums paid or due to the directors concerned.

(2)  The increase in transfer value in the year is stated net of the members’ contributions. 

Until his departure on 6 April 2009, Cliff Miller deferred $10,271 of his annual salary and $32,813 of his 2007/8 bonus in the Sunbelt deferred 
compensation plan and consequently Sunbelt allocated $25,271 by way of its co-match contribution. During the year, his account was also charged 
with a negative annual investment return of $111,225 and he withdrew $127,685. At 30 April 2009, the outstanding balance in the plan due to Cliff 
was $145,570 or £98,239.

Directors’ interests in shares
The directors of the Company are shown below together with their benefi cial interests in the share capital of the Company. 

Michael Burrow 
Chris Cole 
Sat Dhaiwal 
Geoff Drabble 
Bruce Edwards 
Hugh Etheridge 
Gary Iceton 
Ian Robson 

The directors had no non-benefi cial interests in the share capital of the Company.

Performance Share Plan awards
Shares held by executive directors under the PSP are shown in the table below:

Sat Dhaiwal 

Geoff Drabble 

Cliff Miller 

Ian Robson 

Year of grant 
2005/6 
2006/7  
2007/8 
2008/9 
2006/7 
2007/8 
2008/9 
2005/6 
2006/7  
2007/8 
2008/9 
2005/6 
2006/7 
2007/8 
2008/9 

Held at 
30 April 2008 
120,349 
90,468 
116,418 
– 
264,943 
320,896 
– 
155,198 
174,047 
192,243 
– 
173,837 
193,861 
235,075 
– 

30 April 2009 
Number of 
  ordinary shares 
of 10p each 
100,000 
77,082 
365,849 
361,357 
40,000 
20,000 
49,082 
  1,480,092 

30 April 2008
Number of
ordinary shares
of 10p each
60,000
52,082
330,346
261,357
40,000
20,000
49,082
1,024,540

Exercised  Granted/(lapsed) 
during the year 
(60,174) 
– 
– 
384,279 
– 
– 

Held at
30 April 2009
–
90,468*
116,418
384,279
264,943*
320,896
1,194,760  1,194,760
–

(77,599) 
(30,040) 
(84,270) 
528,869 
(86,918) 
– 
– 
572,052 

144,007*+
107,973+
83,557+

–
193,861*
235,075
572,052

during year 
(60,175) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(77,599) 
– 
– 
– 
(86,919) 
– 
– 
– 

*  Subsequent to 30 April 2009, the Remuneration Committee determined that the performance conditions attaching to the 2006/7 PSP grant had not been achieved and these grants have now also lapsed 

in their entirety.

+  In the case of Cliff Miller, at the date of termination of employment on 6 April 2009. The PSP awards have been pro rated in accordance with the PSP rules.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
45

Directors’ interests in share options

Discretionary schemes 
Sat Dhaiwal 

Ian Robson 

SAYE scheme 
Sat Dhaiwal 
Ian Robson 

Options at 
1 May 
2008 

54,202 
37,941 
31,979 
211,932 
249,332 
325,216 

Exercised 
during 
year 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
325,216 

Lapsed 
during 
year 

Options at 
30 April 
2009  

Exercise 
price 

Earliest normal 
exercise
date 

Expiry

54,202 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
37,941 
31,979 
211,932 
249,332 
– 

159.12p 
115.31p 
93.79p 
94.55p 
115.31p 
38.28p 

Feb 2009
Feb 2002 
Feb 2011
Feb 2004 
Aug 2003 
Aug 2010
Aug 2003  Aug 2010
Feb 2011
Feb 2004 
Feb 2012
Feb 2005 

4,960 
43,417 

– 
43,417 

– 
– 

4,960 
– 

122.13p 
Feb 2010
Sep 2009 
22.39p  May 2008  Oct 2008

Details of share plans and SAYE options exercised by the executive directors in the year are as follows:

Performance Share Plan 
Sat Dhaiwal 
Cliff Miller 
Ian Robson 

Discretionary schemes 
Ian Robson 

SAYE scheme 
Ian Robson 

Number 
exercised 

60,175 
77,599 
86,919 

Exercise 
date 

Option  Market price at 
date of exercise 

price 

Gain
£’000

1 October 2008 
14 October 2008 
16 October 2008 

– 
– 
– 

67p 
56.5p 
45.5p 

325,216 

16 October 2008 

38.28p 

45.5p 

43,417 

4 June 2008 

22.39p 

72.75p 

40
44
40

23

22

Following the partial vesting of the PSP awards made in 2005, on 1 October 2008, Sat Dhaiwal exercised his entitlement to 60,175 shares and sold 
24,672 shares at 67p per share to settle his tax liability in respect of the exercise. The shares sold by Sat Dhaiwal were acquired by the Company’s 
Employee Share Option Trust. Sat Dhaiwal retained the balance of 35,303 shares. 

The performance conditions attaching to the Performance Share Plan referred to above are detailed on pages 41 and 42.

Cash Incentive Scheme
Sat Dhaiwal holds 54,202 units in the Company’s Cash Incentive Scheme which were granted to him on 22 February 2000 when he was not a director. 
The performance criteria related to this award have been satisfi ed and accordingly he may exercise the award in whole or in part at any time prior to 
22 February 2010. When the award is exercised Sat will be paid in cash an amount equal to the difference between the mid market price of Ashtead 
Group plc shares on the day of exercise and 94.09p multiplied by the number of units exercised. The resultant sum will be paid to him in cash less 
applicable taxes.

The market price of the Company’s shares at the end of the fi nancial year was 63.0p and the highest and lowest closing prices during the fi nancial year 
were 85.0p and 29.3p respectively.

This report has been approved by the Remuneration Committee and is signed on its behalf by:

Gary Iceton
Chairman, Remuneration Committee
17 June 2009

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
corporate responsibility report

Objectives and management structure
The Group is committed to operating in a safe, ethical and responsible 
manner. We place high priority on compliance with our legislative and 
regulatory obligations and on maintaining the safety of our workforce 
across the Group.

This year we have introduced a new Group Risk Committee which is 
charged with overseeing the Group’s environmental, health and safety 
and risk management processes and ensuring that the separate efforts 
of Sunbelt and A-Plant in this area are co-ordinated so that experiences 
in one business are shared with the other. The Group Risk Committee 
reports to the Group chief executive and the Audit Committee.

It is chaired by an executive director of Ashtead Group plc, currently 
Ian Robson, with its other members being:

• 
• 
• 

the heads of Sunbelt’s and A-Plant’s risk and safety teams;
UK and US legal counsel; and
the heads of Sunbelt’s and A-Plant’s performance standards (internal 
operational audit) teams.

The Group Risk Committee provided the Audit Committee, and through 
them the Board, with a comprehensive report on its activities including 
details of the areas identifi ed in the year as requiring improvement and 
the status of the actions being taken to make the necessary improvements. 
In this way we now are able to ensure that there is an effective ‘chain 
of command’ within the business in relation to environmental, health 
and safety and risk management issues.

Health and safety
We have extensive programmes to develop and maintain safe working 
practices across the Group and to remind our employees of the need to 
be safe at all times. We also spend signifi cant time drawing our customers’ 
attention to the importance of these issues for their own employees. 
A copy of the relevant formal statement of the Group’s policy on health 
and safety is required to be displayed at profi t centres in both the UK and 
the US. We make a considerable annual investment in ensuring that our 
rental equipment meets or exceeds the latest safety standards, as well 
as providing health and safety advice and materials, as required, to 
accompany each rental. 

Evidence of this commitment was given when shortly prior to year end, 
A-Plant was advised by the British Standards Institute that it had achieved 
ISO 14001 (Environmental management) and OHSAS 18001 (Occupational 
Health & Safety management) accreditation. This completes a process 
begun in 2008 some eight months ahead of schedule. The certifi cation 
gives us confi dence that we have in place the appropriate policies, training 
programmes and auditing and monitoring processes to minimise our 
impact on the environment and ensure the safety of our workforce.

We maintain sizeable internal health and safety teams to ensure that 
the correct health and safety precautions are in place throughout our 
business. We track and analyse any incidents which occur to enable us 
to identify recurrent issues and implement preventative improvements 
across our UK and US networks.

Over the last year, Sunbelt had 492 reported incidents relative to a 
workforce of 6,700 (2008: 535 incidents relative to a workforce of 7,300) 
whilst the UK had 367 incidents relative to a workforce of 2,300 (2008: 
384 incidents relative to a workforce of 2,500). It should be understood 
that an incident for this purpose does not necessarily mean that an 
employee was hurt or injured. Rather it represents an event that, under 
our health and safety management policies, we want to track and report 
for monitoring and learning purposes.

Legislation in the US and UK defi nes reportable accidents under rules 
which make the data non-comparable between the two countries but 
comparable within each country relative to other businesses. Under these 
defi nitions which generally encompass more accidents in the US than in 
the UK, Sunbelt had 298 OSHA recordable accidents in 2008/9 which, 
relative to total employee hours worked, gave a Total Incident Rate (‘TIR’) 
of 3.41 (2007/8: 2.96). In the UK, A-Plant had 42 RIDDOR reportable 
incidents which again, relative to total employee hours worked, gave 
a RIDDOR reportable rate of 1.04 (2007/8: 0.64). Relative to national 
average statistics for the construction industry in their respective markets, 
both Sunbelt and A-Plant performed well.

In order to compare accident rates between the US and UK, for the fi rst 
time this year, A-Plant also applied the US OSHA defi nitions to its 
accident population which gave a fi gure of 96 OSHA recordable accidents 
in the UK. On a like-for-like basis in the year ended April 2009, Sunbelt 
therefore had 44 OSHA recordable incidents for every 1,000 employees 
whilst A-Plant’s equivalent incident rate was 42. Whilst we view any 
incident as a potential issue, this benchmarking provides comfort that 
our safety efforts in both businesses are delivering comparable results.

Regular employee education and awareness training is probably the most 
effective way of improving and sustaining safety standards across our 
businesses. The Group is at the forefront of the drive to promote higher 
standards and to educate our employees and our customers about new and 
improved methods of ensuring employees operate in a safe environment.

Safeguarding the environment
The Group is committed to taking reasonable actions to minimise the risk 
of adverse impact on the environment from our business. We achieve this 
by a policy of investing in:

• 

• 

• 

the regular renewal of our rental fl eets to ensure that the equipment we 
provide to our customers mostly incorporates the latest environmental 
management thinking available from our chosen manufacturers. 
At 30 April 2009 the average age of our fl eet was approximately 3 years;
our network of profi t centres to ensure that they are adequately 
equipped to operate in a safe and secure way, protective of the 
environment. Key matters which are addressed in this programme are: 
wash-down bays to collect and safely dispose of materials released 
when we inspect and clean equipment returned from rent; enclosed 
paint booths and spray shops to ensure that repainting of equipment 
can be conducted safely and securely; bunded fuel tanks and designated 
spill areas to ensure secure fuelling of our fl eet and, where relevant, 
vehicles; and proper arrangements to ensure the collection and secure 
disposal of waste fuels and oils, tyres and other old or broken parts 
released as we service and maintain our rental fl eets;
a modern and effi cient delivery truck fl eet to ensure that our vehicles 
are purchased with the latest available emissions management and fuel 
effi ciency available from our chosen suppliers.

47

We also support the initiatives of the Carbon Trust in the management of 
harmful carbon dioxide emissions. We participate in its annual survey and 
are committed in future to reporting on our carbon dioxide consumption 
in our annual report. Across the Group our estimated total CO2 emissions 
in the year to 30 April 2009 were 220,000 tonnes (2008: 220,000 tonnes) 
This comprised 192,000 tonnes at Sunbelt (2008: 189,000 tonnes) and 
28,000 tonnes for A-Plant (2008: 31,000 tonnes).

Whilst these emission levels are low relative to our revenues and employee 
numbers, we recognise that most of our emissions are generated by our 
delivery truck fl eet in transporting our equipment to customers’ job sites. 
Our customers expect and pay for this delivery but we are working on 
a number of initiatives to enable our customers to help us reduce our 
emission levels and the delivery charges we make to them. For example, 
on big, long term construction sites, we are increasingly placing pools of 
our equipment at the job site enabling equipment to be sourced on-site 
and therefore reducing the site’s overall transportation needs.

Employees
Our employees are our greatest asset and we place enormous value 
on the welfare of our employees, as well as the superior level of service 
they provide for our customers. At 30 April 2009, we had approximately 
8,200 employees across the Group. Our employees benefi t from extensive 
on-the-job training schemes and are incentivised to deliver superior 
performance and customer service. 

We pride ourselves on many of our staff remaining with us throughout 
their careers, something which is increasingly uncommon. Several of our 
most senior staff started out at entry level within our profi t centres and 
their continuity of employment is testament to our focus on employee 
development. We are committed to ensuring equal opportunities for 
all our staff, as well as to prioritising local employment, such that our 
businesses predominantly recruit from the areas immediately around 
our facilities. We make every reasonable effort to give disabled applicants 
and existing employees becoming disabled, opportunities for work, training 
and career development in keeping with their aptitudes and abilities.

Contributing to the community
The Board supports giving back to the communities where we do 
business as well as further afi eld. We have a number of such community 
programmes across both the US and the UK. In the US, we continued our 
support for a programme that combines our local and national resources 
to provide consistent support to charitable organisations and leverages our 
decentralised business structure. Through this partnership, Sunbelt provides 
an annual contribution of equipment and services to community projects 
undertaken by the national charitable organisation, Habitat for Humanity.

A-Plant’s community support programmes in the past year included 
involvement in the Junior Citizen Scheme in Hounslow, London. This 
scheme consisted of a number of borough based events organised by the 
local youth and community sections of the Metropolitan Police. A-Plant 
supported this initiative by providing accommodation units and other 
equipment. A-Plant is also supporting Constructionarium events across 
the country with equipment. Constructionarium is a construction industry 
programme supported by universities across the country which is 
designed to give students hands-on experience of the industry to enable 
them to better understand and appreciate the attractions of making their 
careers in construction.

Geoff Drabble
Chief executive
17 June 2009

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Ashtead Group plc

Opinion on other matters prescribed by 
the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion:

• 

• 

the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited has been 
properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and
the information given in the Directors’ Report for the fi nancial year 
for which the fi nancial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
fi nancial statements.

Matters on which we are required to report 
by exception
We have nothing to report in respect of the following:

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

• 

adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Company, or 
returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 
not visited by us; or
the Company fi nancial statements and the part of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 
accounting records and returns; or
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specifi ed by law are 
not made; or
we have not received all the information and explanations we require 
for our audit.

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review:

• 

• 

the directors’ statement contained within the Corporate Governance 
Report in relation to going concern; and
the part of the Corporate Governance Report relating to the Company’s 
compliance with the nine provisions of the 2006 Combined Code 
specifi ed for our review.

Ian Waller (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
London
17 June 2009

We have audited the fi nancial statements of Ashtead Group plc for 
the year ended 30 April 2009 which comprise the Consolidated Income 
Statement, the Consolidated and Company Balance Sheets, the 
Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements, the Consolidated 
Statement of Recognised Income and Expense and the related notes 
1 to 33. The fi nancial reporting framework that has been applied in 
their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with sections 495, 496 and 497 of the Companies Act 2006. 
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them 
in an auditors’ report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members as a body, for 
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Respective responsibilities of directors 
and auditors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement, the 
directors are responsible for the preparation of the fi nancial statements 
and for being satisfi ed that they give a true and fair view. Our 
responsibility is to audit the fi nancial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). 
Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s 
(APB’s) Ethical Standards for Auditors.

Scope of the audit of the fi nancial statements
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures 
in the fi nancial statements suffi cient to give reasonable assurance that the 
fi nancial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused 
by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether the accounting 
policies are appropriate to the Group’s and the Company’s circumstances 
and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the 
reasonableness of signifi cant accounting estimates made by the directors; 
and the overall presentation of the fi nancial statements.

Opinion on fi nancial statements
In our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

the fi nancial statements give a true and fair view of the state of 
the Group’s and of the Company’s affairs as at 30 April 2009 and 
of the Group’s profi t for the year then ended;
the fi nancial statements have been properly prepared in accordance 
with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and
the fi nancial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
fi nancial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

Separate opinion in relation to IFRSs as issued 
by the IASB
As explained in note 1 to the fi nancial statements, the Group in addition 
to complying with its legal obligation to apply IFRSs as adopted by the 
European Union, has also applied IFRSs as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

In our opinion the fi nancial statements comply with IFRSs as issued 
by the IASB.

 
49

our financial statements
2009

Contents

50 Consolidated income statement
51  Consolidated statement of

recognised income and expense
51  Consolidated statement of changes 

in equity

52 Consolidated balance sheet
53 Consolidated cash fl ow statement
54  Notes to the consolidated
fi nancial statements

84 Ten year history
85 Future dates 
85 Advisers

www.ashtead-group.com

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

consolidated 
income statement

For the year ended 30 April 2009

Before 
exceptional 
items and 
amortisation 
£m 

Exceptional 
items and 
amortisation 
£m 

Notes 

2009 

Total 
£m 

Before  
exceptional 
items and  
amortisation  
(restated) 
£m 

Exceptional  
items and  
amortisation 
£m 

Continuing operations 
Revenue 
Rental revenue 
Sale of new equipment,  merchandise and consumables 
Sale of used rental equipment 

Operating costs 
Staff costs 
Used rental equipment sold 
Other operating costs 
Other income 

EBITDA* 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 
Operating profi t 
Net fi nancing costs 
Profi t on ordinary  activities before taxation 
Taxation: 
– current  
– deferred  

Profi t from continuing operations  

Profi t from discontinued operations 

Profi t attributable to equity  holders of the Company 

Continuing operations 
Basic earnings per share  
Diluted earnings per share 

Total continuing and discontinued operations
Basic earnings per share  
Diluted earnings per share 

3 
3 
3 
3 

3 
3 
2, 3 
5 

6 
6,19 

7 

9 
9 

9 
9 

974.0 
55.6 
43.9 
1,073.5 

(313.4) 
(37.3) 
(367.6) 
0.9 
(717.4) 

356.1 
(201.1) 
 – 
155.0 
(67.6) 
87.4 

(2.7) 
(26.9) 
(29.6) 
57.8 

– 
– 
50.5 
50.5 

(4.5) 
(50.3) 
(35.7) 
0.7 
(89.8) 

(39.3) 
(43.9) 
(3.4) 
(86.6) 
 – 
(86.6) 

2.6 
28.2 
30.8 
(55.8) 

2.0 

59.0 

59.8 

3.2 

11.5p 
11.4p 

(11.1p) 
(11.0p) 

974.0 
55.6 
94.4 
1,124.0 

917.3 
58.8 
71.7 
1,047.8 

(298.9) 
(63.4) 
(323.2) 
1.4 
(684.1) 

363.7 
(176.6) 
 – 
187.1 
(74.8) 
112.3 

(5.7) 
(33.4) 
(39.1) 
73.2 

7.6 

80.8 

(317.9) 
(87.6) 
(403.3) 
1.6 
(807.2) 

316.8 
(245.0) 
(3.4) 
68.4 
(67.6) 
0.8 

(0.1) 
1.3 
1.2 
2.0 

61.0 

63.0 

0.4p 
0.4p 

2008

Total
(restated)
£m

917.3
58.8
71.7
1,047.8

(298.9)
(63.4)
(323.2)
1.4
(684.1)

363.7
(176.6)
(2.6)
184.5
(74.8)
109.7

(5.7)
(34.0)
(39.7)
70.0

– 
– 
 – 
 – 

– 
– 
– 
 – 
 – 

– 
– 
(2.6) 
(2.6) 
 – 
(2.6) 

– 
(0.6) 
(0.6) 
(3.2) 

 – 

7.6

(3.2) 

77.6

13.4p 
13.3p 

(0.6p) 
(0.6p) 

12.8p
12.7p

* EBITDA is presented here as an additional performance measure as it is commonly used by investors and lenders.

11.9p 
11.8p 

0.6p 
0.7p 

12.5p 
12.5p 

14.8p 
14.7p 

(0.6p) 
(0.6p) 

14.2p
14.1p

 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated statement of 
recognised income and expense

51

For the year ended 30 April 2009

Profi t for the fi nancial year 
Actuarial loss on defi ned benefi t pension scheme 
Tax on items taken directly to equity   
Foreign currency translation differences 
Total recognised income and expense for the year 

consolidated statement of 
changes in equity

For the year ended 30 April 2009

Total recognised income and expense for the year   
Issue of ordinary shares, net of expenses 
Re-issue of ordinary shares from treasury 
Dividends paid 
Share-based payments   
Own shares purchased by the Company 
Own shares purchased by the ESOT   
Realisation of foreign exchange translation differences on Technology disposal   
Net increase in equity in the year   
Opening equity as reported 
Restatement on application of IFRIC 14 
Closing equity  

2009 
£m 
63.0 
(7.4) 
(1.3) 
59.8 
114.1 

2008
£m
(restated)
77.6
(0.6)
(3.0)
2.0
76.0

2009 
£m 
114.1 
– 
0.2 
(12.9) 
(0.8) 
(15.7) 
(0.4) 
1.2 
85.7 
436.1 
4.2 
526.0 

2008
£m
(restated)
76.0
0.5
–
(10.5)
2.5
(23.3)
(1.6)
 –
43.6
396.7
 –
440.3

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated 
balance sheet

At 30 April 2009

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Current tax asset  
Cash and cash equivalents 

Assets held for sale 

Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
– rental equipment 
– other assets 

Intangible assets – brand names and other acquired intangibles 
Goodwill 
Deferred tax asset 
Defi ned benefi t pension fund surplus   

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Debt due within one year 
Provisions 

Liabilities directly associated with assets classifi ed as  assets held for sale 

Non-current liabilities
Debt due after more than one year 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity  
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Capital redemption reserve 
Non-distributable reserve 
Own shares held by the Company 
Own shares held through the ESOT 
Cumulative foreign exchange translation differences 
Retained reserves 
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company 

Total liabilities and equity  

These fi nancial statements were approved by the Board on 17 June 2009.

Geoff Drabble 
Chief executive 

Ian Robson
Finance director

notes 

10 
11 

12 

13 
13 

14 
14 
19 
24 

15 
16 
18 

16 
18 
19 

20 
21 
21 
21 
21 
21 
21 
21 

2009 
£m 

10.4 
148.3 
1.5 
1.7 
161.9 
1.6 
163.5 

1,140.5 
153.5 
1,294.0 
5.9 
385.4 
12.3 
0.3 
1,697.9 
1,861.4 

106.7 
6.9 
17.4 
131.0 
– 
131.0 

2008
£m
(restated)

22.6
159.9
2.2
1.8
186.5
26.8
213.3

994.0
136.1
1,130.1
8.0
291.9
18.0
5.8
1,453.8
1,667.1

129.1
7.6
9.1
145.8
6.5
152.3

1,030.7 
36.8 
136.9 
1,204.4 
1,335.4 

957.4
18.8
98.3
1,074.5
1,226.8

55.3 
3.6 
0.9 
90.7 
(33.1) 
(6.3) 
29.1 
385.8 
526.0 

56.2
3.6
–
90.7
(23.3)
(7.0)
(28.2)
348.3
440.3

1,861.4 

1,667.1

 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
consolidated 
cash flow statement

For the year ended 30 April 2009

Cash fl ows from operating activities 
Cash generated from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental fl eet 
Exceptional costs 
Payments for rental property, plant and equipment  
Proceeds from disposal of rental property, plant and equipment before exceptional disposals  
Exceptional proceeds from disposal of rental property, plant and equipment 
Cash generated from operations 
Financing costs paid 
Tax received/(paid) 
Net cash from operating activities  

Cash fl ows from investing activities 
Acquisition of businesses 
Disposal of businesses   
Payments for non-rental property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds on sale of non-rental property, plant and equipment 
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities 

Cash fl ows from fi nancing activities 
Drawdown of loans 
Redemption of loans 
Capital element of fi nance lease payments 
Purchase of own shares by the Company 
Purchase of own shares by the ESOT   
Dividends paid 
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares 
Net cash (used in)/from fi nancing activities 

(Decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Opening cash and cash equivalents    
Effect of exchange rate differences  
Closing cash and cash equivalents  

53

2008
£m
(restated)

356.4
(9.5)
(315.7)
87.1
–
118.3
(76.4)
(6.4)
35.5

(5.9)
–
(35.8)
5.6
(36.1)

186.7
(143.9)
(7.0)
(22.9)
(1.6)
(10.5)
0.5
1.3

0.7
1.1
 –
1.8

notes 

26 (a) 

26(d), 27 
7 

2009 
£m 

373.6 
(9.4) 
(208.5) 
39.2 
46.1 
241.0 
(64.7) 
0.8 
177.1 

(0.3) 
89.3 
(27.1) 
6.6 
68.5 

147.8 
(353.4) 
(11.6) 
(15.7) 
(0.4) 
(12.9) 
0.2 
(246.0) 

(0.4) 
1.8 
0.3 
1.7 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements

1 Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these 
fi nancial statements are set out below. These policies have been applied 
consistently to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation
These fi nancial statements have been prepared in accordance with 
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and with those parts 
of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 
Accordingly, the Group complies with all IFRS, including those adopted for 
use in the European Union. The fi nancial statements have been prepared 
under the historical cost convention, modifi ed for certain items carried 
at fair value, as stated in the accounting policies. A summary of the more 
important accounting policies is set out below.

During the year, the Group adopted the following interpretations and 
amendments to standards:

• 

• 

• 

‘Improvements to IFRSs’ (May 2008) comprising a number of 
amendments to IFRS has been adopted early in its entirety. The only 
change affecting the Group is the amendment to ‘IAS 16 – Property, 
plant and equipment’ (and consequential amendment to ‘IAS 7 – 
Statement of cash fl ows’), relating to the sale of rental assets. This has 
increased the Group’s reported revenues and operating costs although 
there has been no impact on the profi t attributable to equity 
shareholders reported in the ‘Consolidated income statement’. In 
addition, cash fl ows relating to the sale and purchase of rental assets 
have been reclassifi ed from investing activities to operating activities. 
The remaining amendments to IFRS have had no impact on the 
consolidated results or fi nancial position of the Group.
‘IFRIC 14 – IAS 19 – The limit on a defi ned benefi t asset, minimum 
funding requirements and their interaction’. The adoption of IFRIC 14 
has increased the Group’s total assets and shareholders’ funds due to 
the inclusion of the pension scheme surplus as an asset. Comparative 
amounts have been restated for the impact of adopting this new 
interpretation.
The adoption of the remaining interpretations and amendments to 
standards noted below has had no material impact on the consolidated 
results or fi nancial position of the Group:
 –

‘Amendments to IAS 32 – Financial instruments: presentation and IAS 
1 – Presentation of fi nancial statements – puttable fi nancial instruments 
and obligations arising on liquidation’ has been adopted early;

 –

‘Amendments to IAS 39 – Financial instruments: recognition and 
measurement and IFRS 7 – Financial instruments: disclosures and IFRS 
7 – Reclassifi cation of fi nancial assets’;

 –

‘Amendments to IFRS 1 and IAS 27 – Cost of investment in subsidiary, 
jointly controlled entity or associate’ has been adopted early;

 –

‘Amendment to IFRS 2 – Share-based payment: vesting conditions and 
cancellations’ has been adopted early;

 –

‘IAS 23 (Revised) – Borrowing costs’ has been adopted early; 

 –

‘IFRIC 12 – Service concession arrangements’;

 –

‘IFRIC 13 – Customer loyalty programmes’ has been adopted early.

The preparation of fi nancial statements in conformity with generally 
accepted accounting principles requires management to use estimates 
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities 
at the date of the fi nancial statements and the reported amount of 
revenue and expenses during the reporting period. A more detailed 
discussion of the principal accounting policies and management estimates 
and assumptions is included in the Business and Financial Review on page 
33 and forms part of these fi nancial statements. Actual results could differ 
from these estimates. 

Basis of consolidation
The Group fi nancial statements incorporate the fi nancial statements of 
the Company and all its subsidiaries for the year to 30 April each year. The 
results of businesses acquired or sold during the year are incorporated for 
the periods from or to the date on which control passed and acquisitions 
are accounted for under the acquisition method. Control is achieved when 
the Group has the power to govern the fi nancial and operating policies of 
an entity so as to obtain the benefi ts from its activities.

Foreign currency translation 
Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at 
rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Income statements and 
cash fl ows of overseas subsidiary undertakings are translated into sterling 
at average rates of exchange for the year. The exchange rates used in 
respect of the US dollar are:

Average for year 
Year end 

2009 
1.68 
1.48 

2008
2.01
1.98

Exchange differences arising from the retranslation of the opening net 
investment of overseas subsidiaries and the difference between the 
inclusion of their profi ts at average rates of exchange in the Group income 
statement and the closing rate used for the balance sheet are recognised 
directly in a separate component of equity. Other exchange differences 
are dealt with in the income statement.

Revenue
Revenue represents the total amount receivable for the provision of goods and 
services including the sale of used rental plant and equipment to customers 
net of returns and value added tax. Rental revenue, including loss damage 
waiver and environmental fees, is recognised on a straight-line basis over the 
period of the rental contract. Because the terms and conditions of a rental 
contract can extend across fi nancial reporting period ends, the Group records 
unbilled rental revenue and deferred revenue at the end of the reporting 
periods so rental revenue is appropriately stated in the fi nancial statements.

Revenue from rental equipment delivery and collection is recognised when 
delivery or collection has occurred and is reported as rental revenue.

Revenue from the sale of rental equipment, new equipment, parts and 
supplies, retail merchandise and fuel is recognised at the time of delivery 
to, or collection by, the customer and when all obligations under the sales 
contract have been fulfi lled.

Revenue from sales of rental equipment in connection with trade-in 
arrangements with certain manufacturers from whom the Group 
purchases new equipment are accounted for at the lower of transaction 
value or fair value based on independent appraisals. If the trade-in price 
of a unit of equipment exceeds the fair market value of that unit, the 
excess is accounted for as a reduction of the cost of the related purchase 
of new rental equipment.

Current/non-current distinction 
Current assets include assets held primarily for trading purposes, cash and 
cash equivalents and assets expected to be realised in, or intended for sale 
or consumption in, the course of the Group’s operating cycle and those 
assets receivable within one year from the reporting date. All other assets 
are classifi ed as non-current assets. 

Current liabilities include liabilities held primarily for trading purposes, 
liabilities expected to be settled in the course of the Group’s operating 
cycle and those liabilities due within one year from the reporting date. 
All other liabilities are classifi ed as non-current liabilities. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55

Property, plant and equipment
Owned assets
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost (including transportation 
costs from the manufacturer to the initial rental location) less accumulated 
depreciation and any provisions for impairment. In respect of aerial work 
platforms, cost includes rebuild costs when the rebuild extends the asset’s 
useful economic life and it is probable that incremental economic benefi ts 
will accrue to the Group. Rebuild costs include the cost of transporting the 
equipment to and from the rebuild supplier. Additionally, depreciation is 
not charged while the asset is not in use during the rebuild period.

Leased assets
Finance leases are those leases which transfer substantially all the risks 
and rewards of ownership to the lessee. Assets held under fi nance leases 
are capitalised within property, plant and equipment at the fair value of 
the leased assets at inception of the lease and depreciated in accordance 
with the Group’s depreciation policy. Outstanding fi nance lease obligations 
are included within debt. The fi nance element of the agreements is charged 
to the income statement on a systematic basis over the term of the lease. 

All other leases are operating leases, the rentals on which are charged to 
the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 

Depreciation
Leasehold properties are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the life 
of each lease. Other fi xed assets, including those held under fi nance 
leases, are depreciated on a straight-line basis applied to the opening cost 
to write down each asset to its residual value over its useful economic life. 
The rates in use are as follows: 

Freehold property 
Motor vehicles 
Rental equipment 
Offi ce and workshop equipment 

Per annum
2% 
 16% to 25%
  5% to 33%
20%

Residual values are estimated at 10% of cost in respect of most types 
of rental equipment, although the range of residual values used varies 
between zero and 30%.

Repairs and maintenance 
Costs incurred in the repair and maintenance of rental and other 
equipment are charged to the income statement as incurred.

Intangible assets
Business combinations and goodwill
Acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method. Goodwill represents 
the difference between the cost of the acquisition and the fair value of the 
net identifi able assets acquired, including any intangible assets other than 
goodwill. Adjustments to the fair values of assets acquired made within 12 
months of acquisition date are accounted for from the date of acquisition. 

Goodwill is stated at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and is 
allocated to the Group’s two reporting units, Sunbelt and A-Plant. 

The profi t or loss on the disposal of a previously acquired business includes 
the attributable amount of any purchased goodwill relating to that business. 

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets acquired as part of a business combination are 
capitalised at fair value as at the date of acquisition. Internally generated 
intangible assets are not capitalised. Amortisation is charged on a 
straight-line basis over the expected useful life of each asset. Contract 
related intangible assets are amortised over the life of the contract. 
Amortisation rates for other intangible assets are as follows:

Brand names  
Customer lists 

Per annum
8.3%
 10% to 20%

Impairment of assets
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested annually for impairment as at 
30 April each year. Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation 
are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment 
loss is recognised in the income statement for the amount by which the 
asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. For the purposes 
of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which 
there are separately identifi able and independent cash fl ows for the asset 
being tested for impairment. In the case of goodwill, impairment is 
assessed at the level of the Group’s two reporting units.

The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs 
to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, estimated future cash 
fl ows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate 
that refl ects current market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specifi c to the asset. 

In respect of assets other than goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed 
if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the 
recoverable amount. An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent 
that the asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount 
that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, 
if no impairment loss had been recognised. Impairment losses in respect 
of goodwill are not reversed. 

Taxation 
The tax charge for the period comprises both current and deferred tax. 
Taxation is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that 
it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the related 
tax is also recognised in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year 
and any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous years. 

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability method on 
any temporary differences between the carrying amounts for fi nancial 
reporting purposes and those for taxation purposes. Deferred tax liabilities 
are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred 
tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable 
profi ts will be available against which deductible temporary differences 
can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the 
temporary differences arise from the initial recognition of goodwill.

Deferred tax liabilities are not recognised for temporary differences arising 
on investment in subsidiaries where the Group is able to control the 
reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary 
difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is 
calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when 
the liability is settled or the asset is realised. Deferred tax assets and 
liabilities are offset when they relate to income taxes levied by the same 
taxation authority and the Group intends to settle its current tax assets 
and liabilities on a net basis.

Inventories
Inventories, which comprise new equipment, fuel, merchandise and spare 
parts, are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.

Employee benefi ts 
Defi ned contribution pension plans
Obligations under the Group’s defi ned contribution plans are recognised 
as an expense in the income statement as incurred.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

1 Accounting policies continued
Defi ned benefi t pension plans
The Group’s obligation in respect of defi ned benefi t pension plans is 
calculated by estimating the amount of future benefi t that employees 
have earned in return for their service in the current and prior periods; that 
benefi t is discounted to determine its present value and the fair value of 
plan assets is deducted. The discount rate used is the yield at the balance 
sheet date on AA rated corporate bonds. The calculation is performed by 
a qualifi ed actuary using the projected unit credit method. 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which 
they arise through the statement of recognised income and expense. 
The increase in the present value of plan liabilities arising from employee 
service during the period is charged to operating profi t. The expected 
return on plan assets and the expected increase during the period in the 
present value of plan liabilities due to unwind of the discount are included 
in investment income and interest expense, respectively.

The defi ned pension surplus or defi cit recognised in the balance sheet 
represents the fair value of the scheme assets less the present value of 
the defi ned benefi t obligation. A surplus is recognised in the balance sheet 
to the extent that the Group has a conditional right to the surplus, either 
through a refund or reduction in future contributions. A defi cit is 
recognised in full.

Share-based compensation 
The fair value of awards made under share-based compensation plans 
is measured at grant date and spread over the vesting period through the 
income statement with a corresponding increase in equity. The fair value 
of share options and awards is measured using an appropriate valuation 
model taking into account the terms and conditions of the individual 
scheme. The amount recognised as an expense is adjusted to refl ect the 
actual awards vesting except where any change in the awards vesting 
relates only to market based criteria not being achieved. 

Insurance
Insurance costs include insurance premiums which are written off to the 
income statement over the period to which they relate and an estimate 
of the discounted liability for uninsured retained risks on unpaid claims 
incurred up to the balance sheet date. The estimate includes events 
incurred but not reported at the balance sheet date. This estimate is 
discounted and included in provisions in the balance sheet.

Investment income and interest expense
Investment income comprises interest receivable on funds invested, fair 
value gains on derivative fi nancial instruments and the expected return 
on plan assets in respect of defi ned benefi t pension plans.

Interest expense comprises interest payable on borrowings, amortisation 
of deferred fi nance costs, fair value losses on derivative fi nancial 
instruments and the expected increase in plan liabilities in respect of 
defi ned benefi t pension schemes.

Financial liabilities and equity
Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest 
in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity 
instruments issued by the Group are recorded at the proceeds received, 
net of direct issue costs.

Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest bearing and are stated at nominal value.

Borrowings
Interest bearing bank loans and overdrafts are recorded at the proceeds 
received, net of direct transaction costs. Finance charges, including 
amortisation of direct transaction costs, are charged to the income 
statement using the effective interest rate method. 

Revolving tranches of borrowings and overdrafts which mature on a regular 
basis are classifi ed as current or non-current liabilities based on the maturity 
of the relevant facility.

Derivative fi nancial instruments 
The Group uses a limited number of derivative fi nancial instruments to 
hedge its exposure to fl uctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates. 
These are principally swap agreements used to manage the balance 
between fi xed and fl oating rate fi nance on long-term debt and forward 
contracts for known future foreign currency cash fl ows. The Group does 
not hold or issue derivative instruments for speculative purposes.

All derivatives are held at fair value in the balance sheet within trade and 
other receivables or trade and other payables. Changes in the fair value of 
derivative fi nancial instruments that are designated and effective as hedges 
of future cash fl ows are recognised directly in equity. The gain or loss 
relating to any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income 
statement. Amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income 
statement in the same period in which the hedged item affects profi t or 
loss. Changes in the fair value of any derivative instruments that are not 
hedge accounted are recognised immediately in the income statement.

Secured notes
The Group’s secured notes contain early prepayment options, which 
constitute embedded derivatives in accordance with IAS 39, Financial 
Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. At the date of issue the 
liability component of the notes is estimated using prevailing market 
interest rates for similar debt with no prepayment option and is recorded 
within borrowings. The difference between the proceeds of the note issue 
and the fair value assigned to the liability component, representing the 
embedded option to prepay the notes is included within ‘Other fi nancial 
assets – derivatives’. The interest expense on the liability component is 
calculated by applying the effective interest rate method. The embedded 
option to prepay is fair valued using an appropriate valuation model and 
fair value remeasurement gains and losses are included in investment 
income and interest expense respectively.

Financial instruments
Financial assets and fi nancial liabilities are recognised in the Group’s 
balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.

Exceptional items
Exceptional items are those items that are material and non-recurring 
in nature that the Group believes should be disclosed separately to assist 
in the understanding of the fi nancial performance of the Group.

Financial assets
Trade receivables
Trade receivables do not carry interest and are stated at nominal value as 
reduced by appropriate allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash balances and call deposits with 
maturity of less than, or equal to, three months.

Earnings per share
Earnings per share is calculated based on the profi t for the fi nancial year 
and the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the 
year. For this purpose the number of ordinary shares in issue excludes 
shares held in treasury or by the ESOT in respect of which dividends have 
been waived. Diluted earnings per share is calculated using the profi t for 
the fi nancial year and the weighted average diluted number of shares 
(ignoring any potential issue of ordinary shares which would be anti-
dilutive) during the year.

57

Underlying earnings per share comprises basic earnings per share adjusted 
to exclude earnings relating to exceptional items, amortisation of acquired 
intangibles and fair value remeasurements of embedded derivatives in 
long-term debt. Cash tax earnings per share comprises underlying 
earnings per share adjusted to exclude deferred taxation. 

Treasury shares
The cost of treasury shares is deducted from shareholders’ funds. The 
proceeds from the reissue of treasury shares are added to shareholders’ 
funds with any gains in excess of the average cost of the shares being 
recognised in the share premium account.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a 
result of a past event, and it is probable that the Group will be required 
to settle that obligation. Provisions are measured at the directors’ best 
estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the 
balance sheet date and are discounted to present value where the effect 
is material.

Employee Share Ownership Trust
Shares in the Company acquired by the Employee Share Ownership Trust 
in the open market for use in connection with employee share plans are 
presented as a deduction from shareholders’ funds. When the shares vest 
to satisfy share based payments, a transfer is made from own shares held 
through the ESOT to retained earnings. 

Assets held for sale
Non-current assets held for sale and disposal groups are measured 
at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Such 
assets are classifi ed as held for sale if their carrying amount will be 
recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. 
Such assets are not depreciated. Assets are regarded as held for sale only 
when the sale is highly probable and the asset is available for sale in its 
present condition. Management must be committed to the sale which 
must be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within 
one year from the date of classifi cation.

2 Segmental analysis
Business segments
The Group operates one class of business: rental of equipment. Operationally, the Group is split into two business units, Sunbelt and A-Plant which 
separately report to, and are managed by, the chief executive and align with the geographies in which they operate, being the US and UK, respectively. 
The Group also owned Ashtead Technology, which was sold during the year and therefore has been classifi ed as a disposal group (refer note 7). 
These business units are the basis on which the Group reports its segment information. The Group manages debt and taxation centrally, rather than 
by business unit. Accordingly, segmental results are stated before interest and taxation which are reported as central Group items. This is consistent 
with the way the chief executive reviews the business.

Year ended 30 April 2009 
Revenue 
Operating costs 
EBITDA 
Depreciation 
Segment result before exceptional items and amortisation 
Exceptional items 
Amortisation 
Segment result 
Net fi nancing costs 
Profi t before taxation 
Taxation 
Profi t attributable to equity shareholders 

Segment assets 
Cash 
Taxation assets 
Total assets 

Segment liabilities 
Corporate borrowings and accrued interest 
Deferred taxation liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Other non-cash expenditure  
– share-based payments 

Capital expenditure 

Sunbelt 
£m 
865.5 
(566.8) 
298.7 
(154.3) 
144.4 
(51.9) 
(2.9) 
89.6 

A-Plant 
£m 
208.0 
(145.2) 
62.8 
(46.7) 
16.1 
(31.3) 
(0.5) 
(15.7) 

Corporate 
items 
£m 
– 
(5.4) 
(5.4) 
(0.1) 
(5.5) 
– 
 – 
(5.5) 

Continuing 
operations 
£m 
1,073.5 
(717.4) 
356.1 
(201.1) 
155.0 
(83.2) 
(3.4) 
68.4 
(67.6) 
0.8 
1.2 
2.0 

Discontinued 
operations 
£m 
5.1 
(2.3) 
2.8 
 – 
2.8 
66.1 
 – 
68.9 
 – 
68.9 
(7.9) 
61.0 

1,514.7 

331.0 

0.2 

113.3 

34.5 

2.2 

1,845.9 
1.7 
13.8 
1,861.4 

150.0 
1,048.5 
136.9 
1,335.4 

(0.4) 

(0.1) 

(0.3) 

(0.8) 

166.1 

72.5 

 – 

238.6 

– 
– 
 – 
 – 

– 
– 
 – 
 – 

 – 

 – 

Group
£m
1,078.6
(719.7)
358.9
(201.1)
157.8
(17.1)
(3.4)
137.3
(67.6)
69.7
(6.7)
63.0

1,845.9
1.7
13.8
1,861.4

150.0
1,048.5
136.9
1,335.4

(0.8)

238.6

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

2 Segmental analysis continued

Year ended 30 April 2008 
Revenue 
Operating costs 
EBITDA 
Depreciation 
Segment result before amortisation 
Amortisation 
Segment result 
Net fi nancing costs 
Profi t before taxation 
Taxation 
Profi t attributable to equity shareholders 

Segment assets 
Cash 
Taxation assets 
Total assets 

Segment liabilities 
Corporate borrowings and accrued interest 
Deferred taxation liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Other non-cash expenditure  
– share-based payments 

Capital expenditure 

Sunbelt 
£m 
810.0 
(511.6) 
298.4 
(133.5) 
164.9 
(2.1) 
162.8 

A-Plant 
£m 
237.8 
(164.6) 
73.2 
(43.0) 
30.2 
(0.5) 
29.7 

Corporate 
items 
£m 
– 
(7.9) 
(7.9) 
(0.1) 
(8.0) 
 – 
(8.0) 

1,254.4 

362.7 

1.2 

97.5 

45.7 

4.0 

Continuing 
operations 
£m 
1,047.8 
(684.1) 
363.7 
(176.6) 
187.1 
(2.6) 
184.5 
(74.8) 
109.7 
(39.7) 
70.0 

1,618.3 
1.8 
20.2 
1,640.3 

147.2 
974.8 
98.3 
1,220.3 

0.9 

0.6 

198.9 

129.2 

0.7 

 – 

2.2 

328.1 

Discontinued  
operations 
£m 
27.6 
(11.3) 
16.3 
(5.7) 
10.6 
 – 
10.6 
 – 
10.6 
(3.0) 
7.6 

26.0 
– 
0.8 
26.8 

4.4 
– 
2.1 
6.5 

 – 

8.8 

Group
£m
1,075.4
(695.4)
380.0
(182.3)
197.7
(2.6)
195.1
(74.8)
120.3
(42.7)
77.6

1,644.3
1.8
21.0
1,667.1

151.6
974.8
100.4
1,226.8

2.2

336.9

There are no sales between the business segments. Segment assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill, acquired intangibles, inventory 
and receivables. Segment liabilities comprise operating liabilities and exclude taxation balances, corporate borrowings and accrued interest. Capital 
expenditure represents additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets and includes additions through the acquisition of businesses.

Segmental analysis by geography
The Group’s operations are located in North America and the United Kingdom. Until the disposal of Ashtead Technology, the Group also operated in 
Singapore. The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s revenue, segment assets and capital expenditure, including acquisitions, by country 
of domicile. Segment assets include property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

North America 
United Kingdom 
Rest of World 

2009 
£m 
867.7 
209.9 
1.0 
1,078.6 

Revenue 
2008 
£m 
821.9 
249.9 
3.6 
1,075.4 

2009 
£m 
1,394.0 
292.1 
 – 
1,686.1 

Segment assets 
2008 
£m 
1,137.7 
309.3 
3.5 
1,450.5 

  Capital expenditure
2008
£m
202.3
132.9
1.7
336.9

2009 
£m 
166.1 
72.5 
 – 
238.6 

Revenue from the Group’s discontinued operations was derived from North America (2009: £2.2m, 2008: £11.9m), United Kingdom (2009: £1.9m, 
2008: £12.1m) and the Rest of World (2009: £1.0m, 2008: £3.6m).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
3 Operating costs and other income

Staff costs: 
  Salaries 
  Social security costs 
  Other pension costs 

Used rental equipment sold 

Other operating costs:   
  Vehicle costs 
  Spares, consumables and 
  external repairs 
  Facility costs 
  Other external charges 

Other income: 
  Profi t on disposal of non-rental 
  property, plant and equipment 

Depreciation and amortisation: 
  Depreciation of owned assets 
  Depreciation of leased assets 
  Amortisation of acquired intangibles 

59

2008

Total
£m

271.7
22.5
4.7
298.9

63.4

71.0

55.7
40.9
155.6
323.2

(1.4)

172.3
4.3
2.6
179.2

863.3

– 
– 
 – 
 – 

 – 

– 

– 
– 
 – 
 – 

 – 

– 
– 
2.6 
2.6 

2.6 

Before 
exceptional 
items and 
amortisation 
£m 

Exceptional 
items and 
amortisation 
£m 

284.6 
23.0 
5.8 
313.4 

4.5 
– 
 – 
4.5 

2009 

Total 
£m 

289.1 
23.0 
5.8 
317.9 

Before 
amortisation 
£m 

Amortisation 
£m 

271.7 
22.5 
4.7 
298.9 

37.3 

50.3 

87.6 

63.4 

84.0 

0.5 

84.5 

71.0 

61.9 
47.3 
174.4 
367.6 

1.9 
25.3 
8.0 
35.7 

63.8 
72.6 
182.4 
403.3 

55.7 
40.9 
155.6 
323.2 

(0.9) 

(0.7) 

(1.6) 

(1.4) 

197.5 
3.6 
 – 
201.1 

40.6 
3.3 
3.4 
47.3 

238.1 
6.9 
3.4 
248.4 

172.3 
4.3 
 – 
176.6 

918.5 

137.1 

1,055.6 

860.7 

Staff costs relating to discontinued operations are shown in note 7. Proceeds from the disposal of non-rental property, plant and equipment amounted 
to £5.9m (2008: £5.9m) from continuing operations. 

The costs shown in the above table include:

Operating lease rentals payable: 
  Plant and equipment   
  Property 
Cost of inventories recognised as expense 
Bad debt expense 
Net foreign exchange losses  

Before 
exceptional 
items and 
amortisation 
£m 

Exceptional 
items and 
amortisation 
£m 

3.3 
34.1 
55.8 
17.0 
– 

– 
24.0 
6.0 
– 
– 

2009 

Total 
£m 

3.3 
58.1 
61.8 
17.0 
– 

Before 
amortisation 
£m 

Amortisation 
£m 

5.8 
29.2 
108.9 
8.0 
0.2 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2008

Total
£m

5.8
29.2
108.9
8.0
0.2

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

3 Operating costs and other income continued
Remuneration payable to the Company’s auditors, Deloitte LLP, in the year is given below:

Audit services 
Fees payable to Deloitte UK 
– Group audit 
– UK statutory audits of subsidiaries   

Fees payable to other Deloitte fi rms   
– Overseas statutory audit 
– Overseas subsidiary audits 

Other services 
Fees payable to Deloitte UK 
– Half year review 
– Other assurance services 
– Other non-audit services 

Fees payable to other Deloitte fi rms   
– Half year review 
– Tax services 

2009 
£’000 

343 
14 

– 
292 
649 

73 
20 
135 

48 
– 
925 

Other non-audit services in 2009 relate to a review of the Group’s working capital forecasts in connection with the disposal of Ashtead Technology. 

4 Exceptional items and amortisation 

US cost reduction programme 
UK cost reduction programme 
Profi t on sale of property from closed sites 
Profi t on sale of Ashtead Technology   
Total exceptional items before taxation 
Taxation on exceptional items 
Total exceptional items  
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (net of tax credit of £1.3m)  

2009 
£m 
(52.2) 
(31.7) 
0.7 
66.1 
(17.1) 
22.4 
5.3 
(2.1) 
3.2 

2008
£’000

343
29

4
258
634

63
20
–

37
83
837

2008
£m
–
–
–
–
–
(1.6)
(1.6)
(1.6)
(3.2)

The US and the UK cost reduction programmes relate to store closures, fl eet downsizing and other cost reduction measures taken in expectation of 
lower demand for our equipment. The principal costs relate to impairment of rental fl eet as a result of the accelerated disposal programme and vacant 
property costs and the impairment of leasehold improvements at profi t centres that will be closed. The gain on Ashtead Technology arose on the sale 
of that business (refer note 7).

Exceptional items and amortisation are presented in the income statement as follows:

Sale of used rental equipment 
Staff costs 
Used rental equipment sold 
Other operating costs 
Other income 
Depreciation 
Amortisation 
Charged in arriving at operating profi t and profi t before tax 
Taxation 

Profi t after taxation from discontinued operations   

2009 
£m 
50.5 
(4.5) 
(50.3) 
(35.7) 
0.7 
(43.9) 
(3.4) 
(86.6) 
30.8 
(55.8) 
59.0 
3.2 

2008
£m
–
–
–
–
–
–
(2.6)
(2.6)
(0.6)
(3.2)
 –
(3.2)

The exceptional depreciation charge of £43.9m consists of £40.6m relating to the impairment of rental equipment sold during the accelerated disposal 
programme and £3.3m relating to the impairment of leasehold improvements at closed sites.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5 Net fi nancing costs

Investment income 
Expected return on assets of defi ned benefi t pension plan  

Interest expense 
Bank interest payable 
Interest payable on second priority senior secured notes 
Interest payable on fi nance leases 
Non-cash unwind of discount on defi ned pension plan liabilities   
Non-cash unwind of discount on insurance provisions 
Amortisation of deferred costs of debt raising 
Total interest expense 

Net fi nancing costs 

6 Taxation

Analysis of (credit)/charge in period 
Current tax 
– UK corporation tax at 28% (2008: 29.8%) 
– overseas taxation 

Deferred tax 
Taxation 

61

2008
£m

4.3

36.1
35.4
1.2
2.9
1.1
2.4
79.1

74.8

2008
£m

–
5.7
5.7
34.0
39.7

2009 
£m 

4.1 

21.6 
42.4 
0.7 
3.1 
1.1 
2.8 
71.7 

67.6 

2009 
£m 

– 
0.1 
0.1 
(1.3) 
(1.2) 

The tax charge on continuing activities comprises a charge of £29.6m (2008: £39.1m) relating to tax on the profi t before exceptional items and 
amortisation, together with a net credit of £30.8m (2008: £0.6m) comprising a tax credit of £1.3m (2008: £1.0m) on the amortisation expense 
and a tax credit of £29.5m on exceptional items.

The tax charge for the period is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 28% for the year. The differences are explained below:

Profi t on ordinary activities before tax 

Profi t on ordinary activities multiplied by the rate of Corporation tax in the UK of 28% (2008: 29.8%) 
Effects of: 
  Use of foreign tax rates on overseas income 
  Change in rate of UK corporation tax on deferred tax asset 
  Other 
Total taxation (credit)/charge 

2009 
£m 
0.8 

0.2 

(2.5) 
– 
1.1 
(1.2) 

2008
£m
109.7

32.7

5.3
1.6
0.1
39.7

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

7 Discontinued operations
The Group sold its Ashtead Technology division in June 2008 for a cash consideration of £96.0m. The results of the discontinued operations which have 
been included in the consolidated income statement are as follows:

Revenue 
Operating costs 
EBITDA 
Depreciation 
Operating profi t 
Net fi nancing costs 
Profi t before taxation from operations 
Taxation 
Profi t after taxation from operations   
Profi t on sale of Ashtead Technology net of taxation of £7.1m 
Profi t after taxation from discontinued operations   

Staff costs included in the above operating costs are as follows:

Salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs 

2009 
£m 
5.1 
(2.3) 
2.8 
– 
2.8 
 – 
2.8 
(0.8) 
2.0 
59.0 
61.0 

2009 
£m 
0.8 
0.1 
 – 
0.9 

2008
£m
27.6
(11.3)
16.3
(5.7)
10.6
 –
10.6
(3.0)
7.6
 –
7.6

2008
£m
4.9
0.5
0.1
5.5

Proceeds from the disposal of property, plant and equipment amounted to £0.4m (2008: £1.1m).

The £0.8m tax charge consists of a deferred tax charge of £0.4m (2008: £1.8m) relating to the UK, a deferred tax charge of £0.3m relating to the US 
(2008: £0.9m), a deferred tax charge of £nil (2008: £0.1m) and a current tax charge of £0.1m (2008: £0.2m) relating to Singapore.

The assets and liabilities of Ashtead Technology as at the date of disposal were:

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Taxation assets 
Property, plant and equipment – rental equipment   

– other assets 

Goodwill 
Total assets  

Liabilities 
Trade and other payables  
Taxation liabilities 
Total liabilities  

Net assets 

  At 26 June 2008
£m

£m 

18.9 
0.3 

2.8
0.1
5.8
0.8

19.2
2.0
30.7

4.6
2.5
7.1

23.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The proceeds from the sale of Ashtead Technology which have been included in the profi t after tax from discontinued operations are as follows:

Sale of Ashtead Technology

Consideration received   
Less: Costs of disposal 
Net disposal consideration 
Less: Carrying amounts of net assets disposed of  
Less: Recycling of cumulative foreign exchange translation differences 
Profi t on sale before taxation 
Taxation 

The results of the discontinued operations which have been included in the consolidated cash fl ow statement are as follows:

Cash fl ows attributable to discontinued operations 
Cash fl ows from operating activities   
Cash fl ows from investing activities    
Cash fl ows from fi nancing activities 

Net cash infl ow on disposal 
Consideration received in cash 
Less: Cash and cash equivalents balance sold 
Less: Costs of disposal paid 
Net consideration reported on cash fl ow statement 

8 Dividends

Final dividend paid on 26 September 2008 of 1.675p (2008: 1.1p) per 10p ordinary share 
Interim dividend paid on 26 February 2009 of 0.9p (2008: 0.825p) per 10p ordinary share 

2009 
£m 

2.8 
– 
(0.3) 
2.5 

2009 
£m 
8.4 
4.5 
12.9 

63

2009
£m
96.0
(5.1)
90.9
(23.6)
(1.2)
66.1
(7.1)
59.0

2008
£m

7.1
–
(7.1)
 –

2009
£m

96.0 
(2.8)
(3.9)
89.3

2008
£m
6.1
4.4
10.5

In addition, the directors are proposing a fi nal dividend in respect of the fi nancial year ended 30 April 2009 of 1.675p per share which will absorb £8.3m of 
shareholders’ funds based on the 497.6m shares ranking for dividend at 17 June 2009. Subject to approval by shareholders, it will be paid on 11 September 
2009 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 21 August 2009.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

9 Earnings per share 

Continuing operations 
Basic earnings per share  
Effect of dilutive securities: 
Share options and share plan awards    
Diluted earnings per share 

Discontinued operations 
Basic earnings per share  
Effect of dilutive securities: 
Share options and share plan awards    
Diluted earnings per share 

Total group 
Basic earnings per share  
Effect of dilutive securities: 
Share options and share plan awards    
Diluted earnings per share 

2009 
Weighted  
average no. 
of shares 
million 

504.5 

0.2 
504.7 

Earnings 
£m 

2.0 

– 
2.0 

Per 
share 
amount 
pence 

0.4p 

 – 
0.4p 

2008
Weighted 
average no. 
of shares 
million 

Per
share
amount
pence

Earnings 
£m 

70.0 

547.0 

12.8p

 – 
70.0 

2.2 
549.2 

(0.1p)
12.7p

61.0 

504.5 

12.1p 

– 
61.0 

0.2 
504.7 

 – 
12.1p 

7.6 

 – 
7.6 

547.0 

2.2 
549.2 

1.4p

 –
1.4p

63.0 

504.5 

12.5p 

77.6 

547.0 

14.2p

– 
63.0 

0.2 
504.7 

 – 
12.5p 

 – 
77.6 

2.2 
549.2 

(0.1p)
14.1p

Underlying and cash tax earnings per share may be reconciled to the basic earnings per share as follows:

Total group 
Basic earnings per share  
Exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles 
Tax on exceptional items and amortisation  
Exceptional deferred tax charge  
Underlying earnings per share  
Other deferred tax  
Cash tax earnings per share 

10 Inventories

Raw materials, consumables and spares 
Goods for resale 

2009 
pence 

12.5 
4.1 
(4.7) 
 – 
11.9 
5.4 
17.3 

2009 
£m 
4.2 
6.2 
10.4 

2008
pence

14.2
0.5
(0.2)
0.3
14.8
6.6
21.4

2008
£m
11.6
11.0
22.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables 
Less: allowance for bad and doubtful receivables  

Other receivables 

65

2009 
£m 
141.6 
(17.6) 
124.0 
24.3 
148.3 

2008
£m
149.7
(12.6)
137.1
22.8
159.9

The fair values of trade and other receivables are not materially different to the carrying values presented.

a) Trade receivables: credit risk
The Group’s exposure to the credit risk inherent in its trade receivables and the associated risk management techniques that the Group deploys in 
order to mitigate this risk are discussed in note 25. The credit periods offered to customers vary according to the credit risk profi les of, and the invoicing 
conventions established in, the Group’s markets. The contractual terms on invoices issued to customers vary between the US and the UK in that, 
invoices issued by A-Plant are payable within 30-60 days whereas, invoices issued by Sunbelt are payable on receipt. Therefore, on this basis, a 
signifi cant proportion of the Group’s trade receivables are contractually past due. In the US the allowance account for bad and doubtful receivables 
is calculated based on prior experience refl ecting the level of uncollected receivables over the last year within each business. Accordingly, this cannot 
be attributed to specifi c receivables so the aged analysis of trade receivables, including those past due, is shown gross of the allowance for bad and 
doubtful receivables.

On this basis, the ageing analysis of trade receivables, including those past due, is as follows:

Carrying value at 30 April 2009 
Carrying value at 30 April 2008 

Current 
£m 
27.8 
27.8 

Less than 
30 days 
£m 
55.7 
69.4 

30 – 60 
days 
£m 
28.4 
28.2 

Trade receivables past due by:
More than
90 days 
£m 
21.6 
16.2 

60 – 90 
days 
£m 
8.1 
8.1 

Total
£m
141.6
149.7

In practice, Sunbelt operates on 30 day terms and considers receivables past due if they are unpaid after 30 days. On this basis the Group’s ageing of 
trade receivables, including those past due, is as follows:

Carrying value at 30 April 2009 
Carrying value at 30 April 2008 

b) Movement in the allowance account for bad and doubtful receivables

Current 
£m 
80.1 
83.4 

Less than 
30 days 
£m 
28.0 
37.3 

30 – 60 
days 
£m 
10.8 
10.0 

Trade receivables past due by:
More than
90 days 
£m 
17.7 
13.6 

60 – 90 
days 
£m 
5.0 
5.4 

At 1 May 
Amounts written off and recovered during the year  
Increase in allowance recognised in income statement 
Currency movements 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
At 30 April 

12 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents 

2009 
£m 
12.6 
(14.7) 
17.0 
2.7 
– 
17.6 

2009 
£m 
1.7 

Total
£m
141.6
149.7

2008
£m
12.4
(8.1)
8.7
0.1
(0.5)
12.6

2008
£m
1.8

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash held by the Group. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

13 Property, plant and equipment

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

  Rental equipment 
Held under 
fi nance 
leases 
£m 

Owned 
£m 

Offi ce and 
workshop 
equipment 
£m 

  Motor vehicles 
Held under
fi nance
leases 
£m 

Owned 
£m 

Cost or valuation 
At 1 May 2007 
Exchange difference 
Acquisitions 
Reclassifi cations 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
At 30 April 2008 
Exchange difference 
Acquisitions 
Reclassifi cations 
Additions 
Disposals 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
At 30 April 2009 

Depreciation 
At 1 May 2007 
Exchange difference 
Acquisitions 
Reclassifi cations 
Charge for the period 
Disposals 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
At 30 April 2008 
Exchange difference 
Acquisitions 
Reclassifi cations 
Charge for the period 
Disposals 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
At 30 April 2009 

Net book value 
At 30 April 2009 
At 30 April 2008 

72.1 
0.3 
– 
(0.5) 
7.5 
(2.1) 
 – 
77.3 
12.6 
– 
– 
7.2 
(9.9) 
(0.4) 
86.8 

21.9 
0.1 
– 
(0.5) 
3.5 
(0.8) 
(0.1) 
24.1 
2.2 
– 
– 
10.2 
(8.7) 
(0.4) 
27.4 

1,433.7 
11.7 
4.9 
(2.0) 
294.8 
(168.8) 
(46.2) 
1,528.1 
393.1 
0.1 
(1.4) 
207.5 
(150.4) 
(179.1) 
1,797.9 

513.4 
6.0 
2.1 
(1.5) 
158.7 
(116.0) 
(28.4) 
534.3 
159.7 
– 
(0.8) 
210.8 
(106.8) 
(139.6) 
657.6 

59.4 
53.2 

1,140.3 
993.8 

0.4 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
 – 
0.3 
0.1 
– 
(0.1) 
– 
– 
 – 
0.3 

0.1 
– 
– 
(0.1) 
0.1 
 – 
 – 
0.1 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
0.1 

0.2 
0.2 

47.7 
0.3 
– 
1.2 
3.3 
(3.6) 
(0.9) 
48.0 
11.1 
– 
1.4 
2.2 
(11.1) 
(6.4) 
45.2 

35.1 
0.3 
– 
0.6 
5.0 
(3.3) 
(0.6) 
37.1 
9.3 
– 
0.8 
5.4 
(10.6) 
(6.4) 
35.6 

73.9 
0.7 
– 
0.1 
25.3 
(14.8) 
(0.2) 
85.0 
22.8 
– 
22.0 
19.7 
(19.8) 
(12.8) 
116.9 

31.3 
0.4 
– 
(0.9) 
10.7 
(11.9) 
(0.1) 
29.5 
9.9 
– 
11.3 
15.0 
(15.1) 
(10.5) 
40.1 

38.1 
0.3 
– 
(2.3) 
0.1 
(3.6) 
 – 
32.6 
8.4 
– 
(22.2) 
1.7 
(3.5) 
 – 
17.0 

16.1 
0.1 
– 
(1.2) 
4.3 
(3.2) 
 – 
16.1 
4.1 
– 
(11.6) 
3.6 
(2.9) 
 – 
9.3 

Total
£m

1,665.9
13.3
4.9
(3.6)
331.0
(192.9)
(47.3)
1,771.3
448.1
0.1
(0.3)
238.3
(194.7)
(198.7)
2,064.1

617.9
6.9
2.1
(3.6)
182.3
(135.2)
(29.2)
641.2
185.2
–
(0.3)
245.0
(144.1)
(156.9)
770.1

9.6 
10.9 

76.8 
55.5 

7.7 
16.5 

1,294.0
1,130.1

The amount of rebuild costs capitalised in the year was £1.9m (2008: £3.4m). Included in depreciation for the year is an impairment charge of £43.9m.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14 Intangible assets including goodwill

Other intangible assets 

Cost or valuation   
At 1 May 2007 
Recognised on acquisition 
Adjustment to prior year acquisition   
Exchange differences 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
At 30 April 2008 
Recognised on acquisition 
Disposals 
Exchange differences 
Transfer to assets held for sale 
At 30 April 2009 

Amortisation 
At 1 May 2007 
Charge for the period 
At 30 April 2008 
Charge for the period 
Disposals 
Exchange differences 
At 30 April 2009 

Net book value 
At 30 April 2009 
At 30 April 2008 

Goodwill 
£m 

289.6 
1.5 
0.1 
2.7 
(2.0) 
291.9 
– 
– 
93.5 
 – 
385.4 

– 
 – 
 – 
– 
– 
– 
– 

385.4 
291.9 

Brand 
names 
£m 

10.7 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
10.7 
– 
– 
3.0 
 – 
13.7 

9.4 
0.1 
9.5 
0.1 
 – 
3.0 
12.6 

1.1 
1.2 

Customer 
lists 
£m 

Contract
related 
£m 

1.7 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
1.7 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
1.7 

0.1 
0.2 
0.3 
0.3 
 – 
 – 
0.6 

1.1 
1.4 

8.3 
1.0 
(0.1) 
– 
 – 
9.2 
0.2 
(1.4) 
2.8 
 – 
10.8 

1.5 
2.3 
3.8 
3.0 
(1.4) 
1.7 
7.1 

3.7 
5.4 

Total 
£m 

20.7 
1.0 
(0.1) 
– 
 – 
21.6 
0.2 
(1.4) 
5.8 
 – 
26.2 

11.0 
2.6 
13.6 
3.4 
(1.4) 
4.7 
20.3 

5.9 
8.0 

391.3
299.9

67

Total
£m

310.3
2.5
–
2.7
(2.0)
313.5
0.2
(1.4)
99.3
 –
411.6

11.0
2.6
13.6
3.4
(1.4)
4.7
20.3

Goodwill acquired in a business combination was allocated, at acquisition, to the reporting units that benefi ted from that business combination, as follows:

Sunbelt 
A-Plant 
Continuing operations   
Discontinued operations – Ashtead Technology 

2009 
£m 
371.1 
14.3 
385.4 
 – 
385.4 

2008
£m
277.6
14.3
291.9
2.0
293.9

For the purposes of determining potential goodwill impairment, recoverable amounts are determined from value in use calculations using cash fl ow 
projections based on Board approved fi nancial plans covering a three year period. These fi nancial plans were updated during the 2009/10 budgeting 
cycle and refl ect the current economic environment. The growth rate assumptions used in the plans were based on past performance and management’s 
expectations of market developments. The annual growth rate used to determine the cash fl ows beyond the three year period is 2% and does not 
exceed the average long-term growth rates for the relevant markets. The pre-tax rate used to discount the projected cash fl ows is 9%.

A sensitivity analysis has been undertaken by changing the key assumptions used for both Sunbelt and A-Plant. Based on this sensitivity analysis, 
no reasonably possible change in the assumptions resulted in the carrying value of the goodwill in Sunbelt or A-Plant being reduced to the 
recoverable amount.

15 Trade and other payables

Trade payables 
Other taxes and social security 
Accruals and deferred income 

2009 
£m 
25.6 
14.0 
67.1 
106.7 

2008
£m
43.8
12.9
72.4
129.1

Trade and other payables include amounts relating to the purchase of fi xed assets of £9.4m (2008: £24.1m). The fair values of trade and other payables 
are not materially different from the carrying values presented.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

16 Borrowings

Current 
First priority senior secured bank debt  
Finance lease obligations 

Non-current 
First priority senior secured bank debt  
Finance lease obligations 
8.625% second priority senior secured notes, due 2015 
9% second priority senior secured notes, due 2016  
Loan notes 

2009 
£m 

1.7 
5.2 
6.9 

499.4 
2.7 
165.1 
363.5 
– 
1,030.7 

2008
£m

1.3
6.3
7.6

554.8
8.9
122.2
271.4
0.1
957.4

Senior secured bank debt and the senior secured notes are secured by way of, respectively, fi rst and second priority fi xed and fl oating charges over 
substantially all the Group’s property, plant and equipment, inventory and trade receivables. 

First priority senior secured credit facility
The $1.75bn fi rst priority asset-based senior secured loan facility (‘ABL facility’) consists of a $1.5bn revolving credit facility and a $250m term loan and 
is secured by a fi rst priority interest in substantially all of the Group’s assets. Pricing for the revolver loan is based on the ratio of funded debt to EBITDA 
before exceptional items according to a grid which varies, depending on leverage, from LIBOR plus 225bp to LIBOR plus 150bp. At 30 April 2009 the 
Group’s borrowing rate was LIBOR plus 175bp. The term loan is priced at LIBOR plus 175bp.

The ABL facility carries minimal amortisation of 1% per annum ($2.5m) on the term loan and is committed until August 2011. The ABL facility includes 
a springing covenant package under which quarterly fi nancial performance covenants are tested only if available liquidity is less than $125m. Available 
liquidity at 30 April 2009 was £371m ($550m) refl ecting drawings under the facility at that date together with outstanding letters of credit of £21m 
($32m). As the ABL facility is asset-based, the maximum amount available to be borrowed (which includes drawings in the form of standby letters 
of credit) depends on asset values (receivables, inventory, rental equipment and real estate) which are subject to periodic independent appraisal. 
The maximum amount which could be drawn at 30 April 2009 was £899m ($1,332m).

8.625% second priority senior secured notes due 2015 having a nominal value of $250m
On 3 August 2005 the Group, through its wholly owned subsidiary Ashtead Holdings plc, issued $250m of 8.625% second priority senior secured notes 
due 1 August 2015. The notes are secured by second priority security interests over substantially the same assets as the ABL facility and are also 
guaranteed by Ashtead Group plc.

9% second priority senior secured notes due 2016 having a nominal value of $550m
On 15 August 2006 the Group, through its wholly owned subsidiary Ashtead Capital, Inc., issued $550m of 9% second priority senior secured notes 
due 15 August 2016. The notes are secured by second priority interests over substantially the same assets as the ABL facility and are also guaranteed 
by Ashtead Group plc. Both note issues rank pari passu on a second lien basis.

Under the terms of both the 8.625% and 9% notes the Group is, subject to important exceptions, restricted in its ability to incur additional debt, 
pay dividends, make investments, sell assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and merge or consolidate with another company.

The effective rates of interest at the balance sheet dates were as follows:

First priority senior secured bank debt   – revolving advances in dollars 
– term loan advances in dollars 
– revolving advances in sterling 
– $250m nominal value 
– $550m nominal value 

Secured notes 

Finance leases 

2009 
2.19% 
2.25% 
2.7% 
8.625% 
9.0% 
7.0% 

2008
4.25%
4.5%
7.0%
8.625%
9.0%
7.0%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17 Obligations under fi nance leases

Amounts payable under fi nance leases: 

Less than one year 
Later than one year but not more than fi ve 

Future fi nance charges   

69

Minimum 
lease payments 
2008 
£m 

2009 
£m 

Present value of
minimum lease payments
2008
£m

2009 
£m 

5.5 
2.9 
8.4 
(0.5) 
7.9 

7.1 
9.5 
16.6 
(1.4) 
15.2 

5.2 
2.7 
7.9 

6.3
8.9
15.2

The Group’s obligations under fi nance leases are secured by the lessor’s rights over the leased assets disclosed in note 13.

18 Provisions

At 1 May 2008 
Exchange differences 
Utilised 
Charged in the year  
Amortisation of discount 
At 30 April 2009 

Included in current liabilities 
Included in non-current liabilities 

Self- 
insurance 
£m 
21.7 
6.7 
(15.2) 
13.0 
1.1 
27.3 

Vacant 
property 
£m 
6.2 
2.0 
(5.1) 
23.8 
 – 
26.9 

2009 
£m 

17.4 
36.8 
54.2 

Total
£m
27.9
8.7
(20.3)
36.8
1.1
54.2

2008
£m

9.1
18.8
27.9

Self-insurance provisions relate to the discounted estimated liability in respect of claims excesses to be incurred under the Group’s self-insured 
programmes for events occurring up to the year end and are expected to be utilised over a period of approximately eight years. The provision is 
established based on advice received from independent actuaries of the estimated total cost of the self-insured retained risk based on historical 
claims experience. The amount charged in the year is stated net of a £3.9m adjustment to reduce the provision held at 1 May 2008.

The provision for vacant property costs is expected to be utilised over a period of up to fi ve years.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

19 Deferred tax 
Deferred tax assets

At 1 May 2008 (as originally reported) 
Restatement on application of IFRIC 14 
At 1 May 2008 (restated) 
Offset against deferred tax liability at 1 May 2008   
Gross deferred tax assets at 1 May 2008 
Exchange differences 
Credit/(charge) to income statement  
Charge to equity 
Charge on Ashtead Technology disposal 
Less offset against deferred tax liability 
At 30 April 2009 

Deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax liability at 1 May 2008 
Deferred tax assets offset at 1 May 2008 
Gross deferred tax liability at 1 May 2008 
Exchange differences 
Charge to income statement 

Less offset of deferred tax assets 
– benefi t of tax losses 
– other temporary differences 
At 30 April 2009 

Tax losses 
£m 
– 
 – 
– 
10.4 
10.4 
3.7 
35.5 
– 
(7.1) 
(42.5) 
 – 

  Accelerated tax 
depreciation 
£m 
133.6 
10.4 
144.0 
52.4 
27.6 
224.0 

Other 
temporary 
differences 
£m 
19.6 
(1.6) 
18.0 
36.4 
54.4 
11.7 
(7.9) 
(0.9) 
(0.4) 
(44.6) 
12.3 

Other 
temporary 
differences 
£m 
(35.3) 
36.4 
1.1 
0.2 
(1.3) 
 – 

Total
£m
19.6
(1.6)
18.0
46.8
64.8
15.4
27.6
(0.9)
(7.5)
(87.1)
12.3

Total
£m
98.3
46.8
145.1
52.6
26.3
224.0

(42.5)
(44.6)
136.9

The Group has an unrecognised UK deferred tax asset of £1.6m (2008: £2.0m) in respect of losses in a non-trading UK company, as it is not considered 
probable this deferred tax asset will be utilised.

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred tax 
liabilities have not been recognised was £nil (2008: £15.5m). No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a 
position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

20 Called up share capital 

Ordinary shares of 10p each 
Authorised 

Issued and fully paid: 
At 1 May 
Allotted under share option schemes  
Cancellation of shares 
At 30 April 

2009 
Number 

2008 
Number 

2009 
£m 

 900,000,000 900,000,000 

90.0 

 561,572,726 559,898,348 
1,674,378 
 – 
  (8,247,172) 
 – 
 553,325,554 561,572,726 

56.2 
 – 
(0.9) 
55.3 

2008
£m

90.0

56.0
0.2
 –
56.2

In the year ended 30 April 2009, 675,559 ordinary shares of 10p each were re-issued out of treasury at an average price of 23p per share under share 
option plans raising £0.2m. In addition, during the year the Company purchased 27,288,283 shares at a total cost of £15.7m, which are held in treasury, 
the ESOT purchased 491,513 shares at a total cost of £0.4m and 8,247,172 shares held in treasury were cancelled.

At 30 April 2009, 50m shares were held in treasury, acquired at an average cost of 66p. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21 Reconciliation of changes in equity

At 1 May 2007 
Total recognised
income and expense 
Shares issued 
Dividends paid 
Share-based payments   
Vesting of share awards  
Own shares purchased    
At 30 April 2008 as restated 
Total recognised
income and expense 
Shares issued/re-issued  
Dividends paid 
Share-based payments   
Vesting of share awards  
Own shares purchased    
Cancellation of shares held
in treasury by the Company 
Realisation of foreign exchange
translation differences    
At 30 April 2009 

Share 
capital 
£m 
56.0 

– 
0.2 
– 
– 
– 
– 
56.2 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(0.9) 

– 
55.3 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 
3.3 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
– 

Non– 
distributable 
reserve 
£m 
90.7 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
90.7 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 

– 

– 
0.3 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
3.6 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 

– 

 – 
3.6 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 

0.9 

 – 
0.9 

Own 
shares 
held by 
ESOT 
£m 
(8.7) 

Cumulative 
foreign 
exchange 
translation 
differences 
£m 
(30.2) 

Distributable 
reserves 
£m 
285.6 

– 
– 
– 
– 
3.3 
(1.6) 
(7.0) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
1.1 
(0.4) 

– 

2.0 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
(28.2) 

56.1 
– 

– 
– 
 – 

– 

74.0 
– 
(10.5) 
2.5 
(3.3) 
 – 
348.3 

58.0 
(0.3) 
(12.9) 
(0.8) 
(1.1) 
 – 

(5.4) 

Treasury 
stock 
£m 
 – 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(23.3) 
(23.3) 

– 
0.5 
– 
– 
– 
(15.7) 

5.4 

 – 
90.7 

 – 
(33.1) 

 – 
(6.3) 

1.2 
29.1 

 – 
385.8 

71

Total
£m
396.7

76.0
0.5
(10.5)
2.5
–
(24.9)
440.3

114.1
0.2
(12.9)
(0.8)
–
(16.1)

–

1.2
526.0

22 Share-based payments
The Employee Share Option Trust (ESOT) facilitates the provision of shares under certain of the Group’s share-based remuneration plans. It holds a 
benefi cial interest in 5,752,818 ordinary shares of the Company acquired at an average cost of 108.7p per share. The shares had a market value of £3.6m 
at 30 April 2009. The ESOT has waived the right to receive dividends on the shares it holds. The costs of operating the ESOT are borne by the Group but 
are not signifi cant. 

The Group has recognised the fair value of share-based payments to employees based on grants of shares since 7 November 2002 (the transitional date 
for IFRS 2, Share-based payments).

Cash Incentive Plan
The Cash Incentive Plan (‘CIP’) is an award of units which are subject to the same performance conditions as apply to the Company’s unapproved 
share option scheme. Awards were granted under this plan in 2000 and 2001 and are exercisable up to February 2010 and 2011, respectively, as all 
performance conditions have been satisfi ed. On exercise by the option holder, the difference between the mid-market price of Ashtead Group plc shares 
on that day and the grant prices of 94.09p and 115.31p, for the 2000 and 2001 awards respectively, multiplied by the number of units held will be paid 
by way of a cash award to the holder, net of applicable taxes.

In 2009 the charge in respect of the CIP was £nil (2008: £179,000 credit). The fair value of the awards at 30 April 2009 was based on the share price 
on that date.

Performance Share Plan 
Details of the Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) are given on pages 41 and 42. The costs of this scheme are charged to the income statement over the 
vesting period, based on the fair value of the award at the grant date and the likelihood of allocations vesting under the scheme. In 2009, there was a 
net credit in respect of the PSP of £907,000 (2008: charge of £2,070,000). This refl ected the Company’s assessment that it was unlikely that the 2006 
or 2007 PSP awards would vest due to the economic downturn. The performance criteria related to these awards were non-market performance 
measures and the amounts charged in prior years in relation to these awards have therefore been reversed.

The fair value of awards granted during the year is estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: share price 
at grant date of 56.5p, nil exercise price, a dividend yield of 4.42% volatility of 39.85%, a risk free rate of 4.16% and an expected life of three years. 

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility over the previous three years. The expected life used in the model is based 
on the terms of the plan.

Discretionary share option schemes
Details of the discretionary share option schemes are given on page 41. In accordance with the transitional provisions of IFRS 2, Share-based payments, 
the Group has not recognised any expense for these schemes as they were all granted prior to 7 November 2002. 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

22 Share-based payments continued
Save-As-You-Earn (SAYE) schemes
The costs of SAYE schemes are charged to the income statement over the vesting period based upon the fair value of the award at the grant date. 
In 2009 the charge in respect of SAYE schemes was £110,000 (2008: £292,000). No awards were granted during 2008/9.

2005/6 
Outstanding at 1 May 2005 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Exercised 
Expired 
Outstanding at 30 April 2006 
Exercisable at 30 April 2006 
2006/7 
Outstanding at 1 May 2006 
Granted 
Rights issue uplift 
Forfeited 
Exercised 
Expired 
Outstanding at 30 April 2007 
Exercisable at 30 April 2007 
2007/8 
Outstanding at 1 May 2007 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Exercised 
Expired 
Outstanding at 30 April 2008 
Exercisable at 30 April 2008 
2008/9 
Outstanding at 1 May 2008 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Exercised 
Expired 
Outstanding at 30 April 2009 
Exercisable at 30 April 2009 

Options outstanding at 30 April 2009:

Year of grant 
1999/2000 
2000/1 
2001/2 
2005/6 
2006/7 

  11,809,692 
– 
(507,234) 
(4,815,598) 
– 
6,486,860 
6,486,860 

6,486,860 
– 
505,874 
(32,077) 
(1,993,853) 
(4,336) 
4,962,468 
4,962,468 

4,962,468 
– 
– 
(23,578) 
(1,346,487) 
3,592,403 
3,592,403 

3,592,403 
– 
– 
(327,384) 
(1,328,967) 
1,936,052 
1,936,052 

Weighted 
average 
exercise  
price (p) 
94.364 
115.267 
38.282 
– 
– 

Discretionary schemes 
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (p) 

Number 

SAYE
Weighted 
average 
exercise 
price (p) 

28.413 
115.430 
32.369 
48.774 
37.403 
35.637 
31.233 

35.637 
132.400 
– 
80.408 
25.385 
88.572 
48.911 
23.246 

48.911 
– 
63.928 
28.220 
109.423 
65.705 
22.388 

65.705 
– 
112.411 
22.388 
94.762 
115.299 
107.318 

Number 

4,243,507 
398,777 
(124,396) 
(93,188) 
(197,774) 
4,226,926 
33,674 

4,226,926 
555,938 
287,945 
(77,270) 
(1,330,414) 
(183,483) 
3,479,642 
81,380 

3,479,642 
– 
(189,694) 
(1,772,448) 
(190,467) 
1,327,033 
43,417 

1,327,033 
– 
(14,137) 
(673,391) 
(156,121) 
483,384 
222,993 

IIP 
Number 

PSP
Number

1,163,970 
– 
– 
(176,469) 
– 
987,501 
– 

987,501 
– 
83,045 
– 
– 
– 
1,070,546 
– 

1,831,500
1,899,399
(88,453)
–
–
3,642,446
–

3,642,446
1,759,087
296,891
(210,252)
–
–
5,488,172
–

1,070,546 
– 
– 

5,488,172
2,252,237
(139,068)
(1,070,546)  (2,100,781)
–
5,500,560
–

– 
– 
– 

5,500,560
– 
7,031,707
– 
–
– 
(786,861)
– 
– 
(1,586,055)
–  10,159,351
–
– 

105.797 
– 
120.544 
80.813 
– 
123.191 
123.191 

123.191 
– 
– 
107.541 
90.741 
124.223 
123.876 
123.876 

123.876 
– 
– 
44.442 
170.384 
106.965 
106.965 

106.965 
– 
– 
38.282 
134.277 
99.832 
99.832 

Discretionary schemes 

SAYE

Number 
of shares 

Latest 
exercise 
date 
472,476  08 Mar 10 
16 Aug 10 
26 Feb 12 
– 
– 

1,203,701 
259,875 
– 
 – 
1,936,052 

Weighted
average 
exercise  
price (p) 
– 
– 
– 
106.480 
122.134 

Number 
of shares 
– 
– 
– 

Latest
exercise
date
–
–
–
211,056  31 May 09
272,328 
28 Feb 10
483,384 

The weighted average exercise price during the period for options exercised over the year was 38.282p (2008: 44.442p) for discretionary schemes 
and 22.388p (2008: 28.220p) for SAYE schemes. 

There was a net credit for the year relating to employee share-based payment plans of £0.8m (2008: charge of £2.2m), related to equity-settled 
share-based payment transactions. After deferred tax, the total charge was £0.7m (2008: £1.6m).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23 Operating leases 
Minimum annual commitments under existing operating leases may be analysed by date of expiry of the lease as follows:

Land and buildings: 
  Expiring in one year 
  Expiring between two and fi ve years 
  Expiring in more than fi ve years 

Other:  
  Expiring in one year 
  Expiring between two and fi ve years 

Total  

73

2008
£m

4.3
13.1
18.1
35.5

0.5
1.3
1.8

2009 
£m 

2.8 
22.0 
17.0 
41.8 

0.2 
0.9 
1.1 

42.9 

37.3

Total minimum commitments under existing operating leases at 30 April 2009 through to the end of their respective term by year are as follows:

Financial year 
2010 
2011 
2012 
2013 
2014 
Thereafter 

Land and 
buildings 
£m 

41.8 
32.2 
28.5 
26.1 
22.3 
96.0 
246.9 

Other 
£m 

1.1 
0.8 
0.6 
– 
– 
 – 
2.5 

Total
£m

42.9
33.0
29.1
26.1
22.3
96.0
249.4

£26.9m of the total minimum operating lease commitments of £246.9m relating to vacant properties have been provided within the fi nancial 
statements and included within provisions in the balance sheet.

24 Pensions
The Group operates pension plans for the benefi t of qualifying employees. The major plans for new employees throughout the Group are all defi ned 
contribution plans following the introduction of the stakeholder pension plan for UK employees in May 2002. Pension costs for defi ned contribution 
plans were £5.1m (2008: £3.9m).

The Group also has a defi ned benefi t plan for UK employees which was closed to new members in 2001. This plan is a funded defi ned benefi t plan 
with trustee administered assets held separately from those of the Group. A full actuarial valuation was carried out as at 30 April 2007 and updated 
to 30 April 2009 by a qualifi ed independent actuary. The actuary is engaged by the Company to perform a valuation in accordance with IAS 19. 
The principal assumptions made by the actuary were as follows:

Rate of increase in salaries 
Rate of increase in pensions in payment 
Discount rate 
Infl ation assumption 
Weighted average expected return on plan assets 

2009 
4.10% 
3.10% 
7.00% 
3.10% 
7.20% 

2008
4.50%
3.50%
6.25%
3.50%
7.50%

Pensioner life expectancy assumed in the 30 April 2009 update is based on the PA00 ‘medium cohort’ mortality tables adjusted so as to apply a minimum 
annual rate of improvement of 1.5% a year. Samples of the ages to which pensioners are assumed to live are as follows:

Pensioner aged 65 in 2009 
Pensioner aged 65 in 2020 

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:

Current service cost 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Past service cost 
Gains on curtailments and settlements 
Total income 

Male 
88.0 
91.0 

2009 
£m 
0.7 
3.1 
(4.1) 
0.2 
(0.1) 
(0.2) 

Female
90.6
93.5

2008
£m
0.9
2.9
(4.3)
–
 –
(0.5)

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

24 Pensions continued
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows:

Fair value of plan assets  
Present value of defi ned benefi t obligation 
Net asset recognised in the balance sheet 

Movements in the present value of defi ned benefi t obligations were as follows:

At 1 May 
Current service cost 
Interest cost 
National Insurance rebates received 
Contributions from members 
Actuarial gain 
Benefi ts paid 
Past service cost 
Curtailments and settlements 

2009 
£m 
44.0 
(43.7) 
0.3 

2009 
£m 
49.5 
0.7 
3.1 
0.2 
0.5 
(9.3) 
(1.1) 
0.2 
(0.1) 
43.7 

The actuarial gain in the year ended 30 April 2009 refl ects the increase in the required discount rate (that for AA rated corporate bonds) in the year 
from 6.25% to 7.0% which reduced the discounted value of accrued defi ned benefi t obligations.

Movements in the fair value of plan assets were as follows:

At 1 May  
Expected return on plan assets 
Actual return on plan assets below expected return  
Contributions from sponsoring companies 
National Insurance rebates received 
Contributions from members 
Benefi ts paid 

The analysis of the scheme assets and the expected rate of return at the balance sheet date was as follows:

Equity instruments 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash 

2009 
£m 
55.3 
4.1 
(16.7) 
1.7 
0.2 
0.5 
(1.1) 
44.0 

2009 
£m 
24.2 
15.8 
3.9 
0.1 
44.0 

  Expected return 
2008 
% 
8.0 
6.0 
8.0 
 – 
7.5 

2009 
% 
8.0 
5.8 
8.0 
 – 
7.2 

The overall expected return on assets is calculated as the weighted average of the expected returns on each individual asset class. The expected return 
on equities is the sum of infl ation, the dividend yield, economic growth and investment expenses. The return on gilts and bonds is the current market 
yield on long-term gilts and bonds. 

2008
£m
(restated)
55.3
(49.5)
5.8

2008
£m
52.4
0.9
2.9
0.4
0.5
(6.6)
(1.0)
–
 –
49.5

2008
£m
57.6
4.3
(7.2)
0.7
0.4
0.5
(1.0)
55.3

Fair value
2008
£m
36.5
13.0
5.4
0.4
55.3

 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The history of experience adjustments is as follows:

Fair value of scheme assets 
Present value of defi ned benefi t obligations 
Surplus/(defi cit) in the scheme 

Experience adjustments on scheme liabilities 
Gain/(loss) (£m) 
Percentage of closing scheme liabilities  

Experience adjustments on scheme assets 
(Loss)/gain (£m) 
Percentage of closing scheme assets   

2009 
£m 
44.0 
(43.7) 
0.3 

2008 
£m 
55.3 
(49.5) 
5.8 

9.3 
21% 

6.6 
13% 

(16.7) 
(38%) 

(7.2) 
(13%) 

2007 
£m 
57.6 
(52.4) 
5.2 

1.6 
3% 

0.9 
2% 

2006 
£m 
52.2 
(50.5) 
1.7 

(5.1) 
(10%) 

5.3 
10% 

75

2005
£m
34.5
(50.7)
(16.2)

(4.2)
(8%)

0.5
1%

The cumulative actuarial losses recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense since the adoption of IFRS are £9.0m. 

The estimated amount of contributions expected to be paid by the Company to the plan during the current fi nancial year is £1.0m.

25 Financial risk management 
The Group’s trading and fi nancing activities expose it to various fi nancial risks that, if left unmanaged, could adversely impact on current or future 
earnings. Although not necessarily mutually exclusive, these fi nancial risks are categorised separately according to their different generic risk 
characteristics and include market risk (foreign currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. 

It is the role of the Group treasury function to manage and monitor the Group’s fi nancial risks and internal and external funding requirements in support 
of the Group’s corporate objectives. Treasury activities are governed by policies and procedures approved by the Board and monitored by the Finance 
and Administration Committee. In particular, the Board of directors or, through delegated authority, the Finance and Administration Committee, approves 
any derivative transactions. Derivative transactions are only undertaken for the purposes of managing interest rate risk and currency risk. The Group 
does not trade in fi nancial instruments. The Group maintains treasury control systems and procedures to monitor liquidity, currency, credit and fi nancial 
risks. The Group reports in sterling and pays dividends in sterling. 

Market risk
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to interest rate and currency risk. Interest rate risk is monitored on a continuous basis and managed, where 
appropriate, through the use of interest rate swaps whereas, the use of forward foreign exchange contracts to manage currency risk is considered on 
an individual non-trading transaction basis. The Group is not exposed to commodity price risk or equity price risk as defi ned in IFRS 7. 

Interest rate risk
Management of fi xed and variable rate debt
The Group has fi xed and variable rate debt in issue with 52% of the drawn debt at a fi xed rate. The Group’s accounting policy requires all borrowings 
to be held at amortised cost. As a result the carrying value of fi xed rate debt is unaffected by changes in credit conditions in the debt markets and there 
is therefore no exposure to fair value interest rate risk. The Group’s debt that bears interest at a variable rate comprises all outstanding borrowings under 
the senior secured credit facility. The interest rates currently applicable to this variable rate debt are LIBOR as applicable to the currency borrowed 
(US dollars or pounds) plus 175bp for revolver borrowings and term borrowings. The Group periodically utilises interest rate swap agreements to manage 
and mitigate its exposure to changes in interest rates. However, during the year ended and as at 30 April 2009, the Group had no such outstanding swap 
agreements. The Group also may at times hold cash and cash equivalents which earn interest at a variable rate. 

Net variable rate debt sensitivity 
At 30 April 2009, based upon the amount of variable rate debt outstanding, the Group’s pre-tax profi ts would change by approximately £5m for each 
one percentage point change in interest rates applicable to the variable rate debt and, after tax effects, equity would change by approximately £3m. 
The amount of the Group’s variable rate debt may fl uctuate as a result of changes in the amount of debt outstanding under the revolving tranches 
of the senior secured credit facility. 

Currency exchange risk
Currency exchange risk is limited to translation risk as there are no transactions in the ordinary course of business that take place between foreign 
entities. The Group’s reporting currency is the pound sterling. However, a majority of our assets, liabilities, revenue and costs is denominated in US 
dollars. The Group has arranged its fi nancing such that approximately 99% of its debt is also denominated in US dollars so that there is a natural partial 
offset between its dollar-denominated net assets and earnings and its dollar-denominated debt and interest expense. 

The Group’s exposure to exchange rate movements on trading transactions is relatively limited. All Group companies invoice revenues in their respective 
local currency and generally incur expense and purchase assets in their local currency. Consequently, the Group does not routinely hedge either forecast 
foreign exchange exposures or the impact of exchange rate movements on the translation of overseas profi ts into sterling. Where the Group does 
hedge, it maintains appropriate hedging documentation. Foreign exchange risk on signifi cant non-trading transactions (e.g. acquisitions) is considered 
on an individual basis.

Resultant impacts of reasonably possible changes to foreign exchange rates
Based upon the level of US operations and of the US dollar-denominated debt balance and US interest rates at 30 April 2009, a 1% change in the 
US dollar-pound exchange rate would have impacted our pre-tax profi ts by approximately £0.3m and equity by approximately £2.4m. At 30 April 2009, 
the Group had no outstanding foreign exchange contracts.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

25 Financial risk management continued
Credit risk 
The Group’s principal fi nancial assets are cash and bank balances and trade and other receivables. The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to 
its trade receivables. The amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of allowances for doubtful receivables. The credit risk on liquid funds and 
derivative fi nancial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned by international credit rating agencies. 
The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is presented in the following table.

Cash and cash equivalents  
Trade and other receivables  

2009 
£m 
1.7 
148.3 
150.0 

2008
£m
1.8
159.9
161.7

The Group has a large number of unrelated customers, serving over 680,000 during the fi nancial year, and does not have any signifi cant credit exposure 
to any particular customer. Each business segment manages its own exposure to credit risk according to the economic circumstances and characteristics 
of the markets they serve. The Group believes that management of credit risk on a devolved basis enables it to assess and manage credit risk more 
effectively. However, broad principles of credit risk management practice are observed across the Group, such as the use of credit reference agencies 
and the maintenance of credit control functions.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group could experience diffi culties in meeting its commitments to creditors as fi nancial liabilities fall due for payment.

The Group generates signifi cant free cash fl ow (defi ned as cash fl ow from operations less replacement capital expenditure net of proceeds of asset 
disposals, interest paid and tax paid). This free cash fl ow is available to the Group to invest in growth capital expenditure, acquisitions and dividend 
payments or to reduce debt.

In addition to the strong free cash fl ow from normal trading activities, additional liquidity is available through the Group’s ABL facility. At 30 April 2009, 
availability under this facility was $550m (£371m). 

Contractual maturity analysis
Trade receivables, the principal class of non-derivative fi nancial asset held by the Group, are settled gross by customers. 

The following table presents the Group’s outstanding contractual maturity profi le for its non-derivative fi nancial liabilities, excluding trade and other 
payables which fall due within one year. The analysis presented is based on the undiscounted contractual maturities of the Group’s fi nancial liabilities, 
including any interest that will accrue, except where the Group is entitled and intends to repay a fi nancial liability, or part of a fi nancial liability, before 
its contractual maturity. 

At 30 April 2009 

Bank and other debt  
Finance leases  
8.625% senior secured notes  
9.0% senior secured notes  

Interest payments 

At 30 April 2008

Bank and other debt  
Finance leases  
8.625% senior secured notes  
9.0% senior secured notes  

Interest payments 

2010 
£m 
1.7 
5.2 
– 
 – 
6.9 
60.7 
67.6 

2009 
£m 
1.3 
6.3 
– 
 – 
7.6 
55.7 
63.3 

2011 
£m 
1.7 
2.4 
– 
 – 
4.1 
61.8 
65.9 

2010 
£m 
1.3 
5.7 
– 
 – 
7.0 
57.9 
64.9 

2012 
£m 
502.3 
0.3 
– 
 – 
502.6 
51.9 
554.5 

2011 
£m 
1.3 
3.0 
– 
 – 
4.3 
58.7 
63.0 

2013 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
– 
48.0 
48.0 

2012 
£m 
557.3 
0.2 
– 
 – 
557.5 
41.6 
599.1 

Undiscounted cash fl ows – year to 30 April
Total
2014 
£m 
£m
505.7
– 
– 
7.9
168.7
– 
371.2
 – 
1,053.5
– 
365.1
48.0 
1,418.6
48.0 

Thereafter 
£m 
– 
– 
168.7 
371.2 
539.9 
94.7 
634.6 

Undiscounted cash fl ows – year to 30 April
Total
2013 
£m
£m 
561.2
– 
15.2
– 
126.2
– 
277.7
 – 
980.3
 – 
355.5
35.9 
1,335.8
35.9 

Thereafter 
£m 
– 
– 
126.2 
277.7 
403.9 
105.7 
509.6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
77

Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for 
shareholders and benefi ts for other stakeholders and, with cognisance of forecast future market conditions, to maintain an optimal capital structure. 

In order to manage the short and long-term capital structure, the Group adjusts the amount of ordinary dividends paid to shareholders, returns capital 
to shareholders (for example, share buy-backs) and arranges appropriate fi nancing to fund business investment and mergers and acquisitions.

The Group seeks to maintain leverage of between 2 to 3 times net debt to EBITDA over the economic cycle. 

Fair value of fi nancial instruments
Net fair values of derivative fi nancial instruments
At 30 April 2009, the Group’s embedded prepayment options included within its secured loan notes had a combined fair value of £nil (2008: £nil). 
At 30 April 2009, the Group had no other derivative fi nancial instruments. 

Fair value of non-derivative fi nancial assets and liabilities
The table below provides a comparison, by category of the carrying amounts and the fair values of the Group’s non-derivative fi nancial assets and 
liabilities at 30 April 2009. Fair value is the amount at which a fi nancial instrument could be exchanged in an arm’s length transaction between informed 
and willing parties and includes accrued interest. Where available, market values have been used to determine fair values of fi nancial assets and 
liabilities. Where market values are not available, fair values of fi nancial assets and liabilities have been calculated by discounting expected future cash 
fl ows at prevailing interest and exchange rates.

Fair value of non-current borrowings: 
Long-term borrowings   
– fi rst priority senior secured bank debt 
– fi nance lease obligations 
– 8.625% senior secured notes 
– 9% senior secured notes 
– other loan notes 

Deferred costs of raising fi nance 

Fair value of other fi nancial instruments held or issued to fi nance the Group’s operations: 
  Short-term borrowings 
  Finance lease obligations due within one year 
  Trade and other payables 
  Trade and other receivables 
  Cash at bank and in hand 

Book value 
£m 

  At 30 April 2009 
Fair value 
£m 

Book value 
£m 

  At 30 April 2008
Fair value
£m

504.0 
2.7 
168.7 
371.2 
 – 
1,046.6 
(15.9) 
1,030.7 

484.0 
2.7 
109.7 
241.3 
 – 
837.7 
 – 
837.7 

559.8 
8.9 
126.2 
277.7 
0.1 
972.7 
(15.3) 
957.4 

551.1
9.0
107.9
238.8
0.1
906.9
 –
906.9

Book value 
£m 

  At 30 April 2009 
Fair value 
£m 

Book value 
£m 

  At 30 April 2008
Fair value
£m

1.7 
5.2 
106.7 
(148.3) 
(1.7) 

1.7 
5.2 
106.7 
(148.3) 
(1.7) 

1.3 
6.3 
129.2 
(159.9) 
(1.8) 

1.3
6.4
129.2
(159.9)
(1.8)

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

26 Notes to the cash fl ow statement
a) Cash fl ow from operating activities

Operating profi t before exceptional items and amortisation:  
– continuing operations  
– discontinued operations 

Depreciation  
– continuing operations  
– discontinued operations 
EBITDA before exceptional items 
Profi t on disposal of rental equipment 
Profi t on disposal of other property, plant and equipment 
Decrease in inventories  
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables   
Decrease in trade and other payables  
Exchange differences 
Other non-cash movements 
Cash generated from operations before exceptional items
and changes in rental equipment 

b) Reconciliation to net debt

Decrease/(increase) in cash in the period 
(Decrease)/increase in debt through cash fl ow 
Change in net debt from cash fl ows 
Exchange differences 
Non-cash movements:   
– deferred costs of debt raising 
– capital element of new fi nance leases 
Movement in net debt in the period   
Net debt at 1 May 
Net debt at 30 April 

c) Analysis of net debt

Cash and cash equivalents 
Debt due within one year 
Debt due after one year  
Total net debt 

2009 
£m 

155.0 
2.8 
157.8 

201.1 
 – 
358.9 
(6.6) 
(0.9) 
10.5 
47.1 
(34.5) 
0.1 
(1.0) 

2008
£m

187.1
10.6
197.7

176.6
5.7
380.0
(9.0)
(1.1)
1.7
(16.1)
(2.5)
1.0
2.4

373.6 

356.4

2009 
£m 
0.4 
(217.2) 
(216.8) 
285.0 

2.8 
1.7 
72.7 
963.2 
1,035.9 

2008
£m
(0.7)
35.8
35.1
9.8

2.4
 –
47.3
915.9
963.2

1 May 
2008 
£m 
(1.8) 
7.6 
957.4 
963.2 

Exchange 
movement 
£m 
(0.3) 
1.9 
283.4 
285.0 

Cash 
fl ow 
£m 
0.4 
(4.5) 
(212.7) 
(216.8) 

Non-cash 
movements 
£m 
– 
1.9 
2.6 
4.5 

30 April
2009
£m
(1.7)
6.9
1,030.7
1,035.9

Non-cash movements relate to the amortisation of prepaid fees relating to debt facilities and the addition of new fi nance leases in the year. 

d) Acquisitions

Cash consideration 

2009 
£m 
0.3 

2008
£m
5.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79

27 Acquisitions 
In February 2009, A-Plant acquired an additional £0.3m of site accommodation units from one of its customers under a sole supply agreement.

28 Contingent liabilities
Sunbelt Rentals is subject to a class action lawsuit in Florida alleging, inter alia, that NationsRent (prior to its acquisition by Sunbelt in 2006) improperly 
charged its customers an environmental fee. In February 2009 the court certifi ed a class of all persons charged an environmental fee by NationsRent 
in the period between June 2003 and August 2006. The plaintiffs are asking that the environmental fee be returned to class members (an estimated 
$20m), plus interest and legal costs. The plaintiff’s claim is based on the theory that because NationsRent did not place the environmental fee revenue 
into an escrow account, it spent no money on ‘environmental related’ expenses and the fee was ‘pure profi t’. Sunbelt’s legal advisers believe that the 
merits of the lawsuit are weak because there is no legal obligation to place the environmental fee into a segregated account. Moreover, NationsRent 
never indicated to its customers the environmental fee was hypothecated to any particular expenditure and, regardless, NationsRent incurred 
substantial ‘environmental related’ costs. On 28 May 2009, a similar case was fi led in the North Carolina Court against Sunbelt by a plaintiff 
represented by the same plaintiff attorneys acting in the Florida case.

The Group is also subject to periodic legal claims and tax audits in the ordinary course of its business, none of which, including the NationsRent 
environmental matter, is expected to have a signifi cant impact on the Group’s fi nancial position. 

The Company has guaranteed the borrowings of its subsidiary undertakings under the Group’s senior secured credit and overdraft facilities. At 30 April 
2009 the amount borrowed under these facilities was £505.7m (2008: £561.1m). Additionally, subsidiary undertakings are able to obtain letters of 
credit under these facilities which are also guaranteed by the Company and, at 30 April 2009, letters of credit issued under these arrangements totalled 
£21.3m ($31.6m). Additionally the Company has guaranteed the 8.625% second priority senior secured notes with a par value of $250m (£169m) and 
9% second priority senior secured notes with a par value of $550m (£371m), issued by Ashtead Holdings plc and Ashtead Capital, Inc., respectively.

The Company has guaranteed operating and fi nance lease commitments of subsidiary undertakings where the minimum lease commitment at 30 April 
2009 totalled £76.6m (2008: £66.6m) in respect of land and buildings and £5.2m (2008: £8.2m) in respect of other lease rentals of which £7.1m and 
£3.4m respectively is payable by subsidiary undertakings in the year ending 30 April 2010. The Company has guaranteed the performance by 
subsidiaries of certain other obligations up to £1.0m (2008: £1.4m). 

29 Capital commitments
At 30 April 2009 capital commitments in respect of purchases of rental and other equipment totalled £11.3m (2008: £108.1m), all of which had been 
ordered. There were no other material capital commitments at the year end.

30 Related party transactions
The Group’s key management comprise the Company’s executive and non-executive directors. Details of their remuneration together with their share 
interests and share option awards are given in the Directors’ Remuneration Report and form part of these fi nancial statements. 

During the period until his employment terminated on 6 April 2009, Sunbelt reimbursed Cliff Miller accommodation costs of £13,580 (2008: £10,460). 
This related to an apartment leased on an arms length basis from CE Property Management, a partnership in which Cliff Miller is a partner. 

31 Employees
The average number of employees, including directors, during the year was as follows:

North America 
United Kingdom 
Rest of World 

2009 
6,742 
2,318 
 – 
9,060 

2008
7,324
2,462
12
9,798

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

32 New accounting standards
The Group has not adopted early the following pronouncements, which have been issued by the IASB or the International Financial Reporting 
Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’), but have not yet been endorsed for use in the EU with the exception of ‘IAS 1 (Revised) – Presentation of Financial 
Statements’ and ‘IFRIC 16 – Hedges of a net investment in foreign operation’.

‘IAS 1 (Revised) – Presentation of Financial Statements’ was issued in September 2007 and will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2009. The revised standard introduces the concept of a statement of comprehensive income, which enables users of the fi nancial statements 
to analyse changes in a company’s equity resulting from transactions with owners separately from non-owner changes. The revised standard provides 
the option of presenting items of income and expense and components of other comprehensive income either as a single statement of comprehensive 
income or in two separate statements. The Group does not believe the adoption of this revised standard will have a material impact on the consolidated 
results or fi nancial position of the Group.

‘IFRIC 16 – Hedges of a net investment in foreign operation’ was issued on 3 July 2008 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 October 2008. This interpretation clarifi es that in respect of net investment hedges that relate to differences in functional currency and not 
presentation currency, hedging instruments may be held anywhere in the group and that the requirements of IAS 21 ‘The effects of changes in foreign 
exchange rates’ do apply to the hedged items. The Group does not believe the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact on the 
consolidated results or fi nancial position of the Group.

‘IFRS 3 (Revised) – Business combinations’ was issued on 10 January 2008 and will apply to business combinations occurring on or after 1 April 2010. 
The revised standard introduces a number of changes in the accounting for business combinations that will impact the amount of goodwill recognised, 
the reported results in the period that a business acquisition occurs and future reported results. Assets and liabilities arising from business combinations 
before 1 April 2010 will not be restated and thus there will be no effect on the Group’s results or fi nancial position on adoption. However, this standard 
is likely to have a signifi cant impact on the accounting for business acquisitions post adoption.

‘Amendments to IAS 27 – Consolidated and separate fi nancial statements’ was issued on 10 January 2008 and is effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 July 2009. The amendment requires that when a transaction occurs with non-controlling interests in Group entities that does not result in 
a change in control, the difference between the consideration paid or received and the recorded non-controlling interest should be recognised in equity. 
In cases where control is lost, any retained interest should be remeasured to fair value with the difference between fair value and the previous carrying 
value being recognised immediately in the income statement. Transactions occurring before 1 April 2010 will not be restated and thus there will be no 
effect on the Group’s results or fi nancial position on adoption.

‘IFRIC 15 – Agreements for the construction of real estate’ was issued on 3 July 2008 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2009. This interpretation clarifi es whether a real estate sale agreement is within the scope of ‘IAS 18 – Revenue’ or ‘IAS 11 – Construction contracts’. 
In accordance with IAS 18, revenue is recognised when property is transferred to the customer, but under IAS 11, revenue is recognised over the period 
of construction. The Group does not believe the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact on the consolidated results or fi nancial 
position of the Group.

‘Amendment to IAS 39 – Financial instruments: recognition and measurement: eligible hedged items’ was issued on 31 July 2008 and is effective for 
annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009 and must be applied retrospectively in accordance with IAS 8 ‘Accounting policies’. The amendment 
prohibits designating infl ation as a hedgeable component of fi xed rate debt and also prohibits including time value in the one-sided hedged risk when 
designating options as hedges. The Group does not believe the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact on the consolidated results 
or fi nancial position of the Group. 

‘IFRIC 17 – Distributions of non-cash assets to owners’ was issued on 27 November 2008 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 
2009. This interpretation clarifi es how an entity should measure distributions of assets, other than cash, when it pays dividends to its owners. The 
Group does not believe the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact on the consolidated results or fi nancial position of the Group.

‘IFRS 1 (Revised) – First time adoption of IFRS’ was issued on 27 November 2008 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 
2009. The revised standard does not contain any technical changes but there is an improvement to its structure, which had become complex due 
to the numerous amendments in recent years. As the Group has already adopted IFRS, there will be no effect on the Group’s results or fi nancial position 
on adoption.

‘Amendment to IAS 39 – Reclassifi cation of fi nancial assets: effective date and transition’ was issued on 27 November 2008 and is effective on adoption 
of original amendment to ‘IAS 39 – Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ (refer to page 54 under ‘Note 1: Accounting policies’). The 
original amendment that has now been reworded to clarify the effective date and transition requirements of adoption will have no effect on the Group’s 
results or fi nancial position on adoption. 

‘IFRIC 18 – Transfer of assets from customers’ was issued on 29 January 2009 and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009. 
The interpretation addresses the diversity in practice that arises when entities account for assets received from a customer in return for connection to 
a network or ongoing access to goods or services. The Group does not believe the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact on the 
consolidated results or fi nancial position of the Group.

‘Amendment to IFRS 7 – Improving disclosures about fi nancial instruments’ was issued on 5 March 2009 and is effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2009. The amendment increases disclosure requirements by introducing a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurement 
disclosures and requires some specifi c quantitative disclosures for fi nancial instruments where fair value is not determined using observable market data. 
The amendment also requires enhanced liquidity risk disclosure, including a separate maturity analysis for derivative fi nancial liabilities and fi nancial 
assets. The Group currently determines the fair value of its fi nancial instruments using observable market data and therefore believes that the adoption 
of this amendment will have a limited impact on the disclosures in its consolidated fi nancial statements.

81

‘Amendments to IFRIC 9 and IAS 39 – Embedded derivatives’ were issued on 12 March 2009 and are effective for annual periods ending on or after 
30 June 2009. The amendment applies to entities that reclassifi ed fi nancial assets out of the ‘at fair value through profi t and loss’ category under the 
original amendment to IAS 39 (refer to page 54 under ‘Note 1: Accounting policies’) and clarifi es that on reclassifi cation of these fi nancial assets all 
embedded derivatives should be reassessed and if necessary, accounted for separately. The Group does not believe the adoption of this pronouncement 
will have a material impact on the consolidated results or fi nancial position of the Group.

‘Improvement to IFRSs’ (2009) was issued in April 2009 and its requirements are effective over a range of dates, with the earliest effective date being 
for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2009. This comprises a number of amendments to IFRSs, which resulted from the IASB’s annual 
improvements project. The Group does not believe the adoption of these amendments will have a material impact on the consolidated results or 
fi nancial position of the Group.

33 Parent company information
a) Balance sheet of the Company

Current assets 
Prepayments and accrued income 

Non-current assets 
Investments in Group companies 
Total assets 

Current liabilities  
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 
Accruals and deferred income 

Non-current liabilities 
Loan notes 

Total liabilities 

Equity 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Capital redemption reserve 
Non-distributable reserve 
Own shares held by the Company 
Own shares held through the ESOT 
Distributable reserves 
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company 

Total liabilities and equity 

These fi nancial statements were approved by the Board on 17 June 2009.

Geoff Drabble  
Chief executive  

Ian Robson 
Finance director

Note 

2009 
£m 

0.1 

2008
£m

1.1

(e) 

363.7 
363.8 

363.7
364.8

72.0 
1.2 
73.2 

 – 
 – 

40.0
3.5
43.5

0.1
0.1

73.2 

43.6

55.3 
3.6 
0.9 
90.7 
(33.1) 
(6.3) 
179.5 
290.6 

56.2
3.6
–
90.7
(23.3)
(7.0)
201.0
321.2

363.8 

364.8

(g) 
(g) 

(g) 
(g) 
(g) 
(g) 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
notes to the consolidated 
financial statements continued

33 Parent company information continued
b) Cash fl ow statement of the Company

Cash fl ows from operating activities 
Cash generated from operations 
before exceptional items 
Exceptional items 
Net cash from operating activities  
Cash fl ows from fi nancing activities 
Redemption of loans 
Purchase of own shares by the Company 
Purchase of own shares by the ESOT   
Proceeds from issue of ordinary shares 
Dividends paid 
Net cash used in fi nancing activities 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents 

Note 

(h) 

2009 
£m 

28.9 
– 
28.9 

(0.1) 
(15.7) 
(0.4) 
0.2 
(12.9) 
(28.9) 
 – 

2008
£m

34.6
 –
34.6

(0.1)
(22.9)
(1.6)
0.5
(10.5)
(34.6)
 –

c) Accounting policies
The Company fi nancial statements have been prepared on the basis of the accounting policies set out in note 1 above, supplemented by the policy 
on investments set out below.

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less any necessary provision for impairment in the parent company balance sheet. Where 
an investment in a subsidiary is transferred to another subsidiary, any uplift in the value at which it is transferred over its carrying value is treated as 
a revaluation of the investment prior to the transfer and is credited to the revaluation reserve.

d) Income statement
Ashtead Group plc has not presented its own profi t and loss account as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The amount of the loss 
for the fi nancial year dealt with in the accounts of Ashtead Group plc is £1.0m (2008: profi t of £1.4m).

e) Investments

At 30 April 2008 and 2009 

The Company’s principal subsidiaries are:

Name  
Ashtead Holdings plc 
Sunbelt Rentals, Inc. 
Ashtead Plant Hire Company Limited  
Ashtead Capital, Inc. 

Shares in Group companies
£m
363.7

Country of 
incorporation 
England 
USA 
England  
USA 

Principal country in which
subsidiary undertaking operates
United Kingdom
USA
United Kingdom 
USA

The issued share capital (all of which comprises ordinary shares) of subsidiaries is 100% owned by the Company or by subsidiary undertakings and all 
subsidiaries are consolidated. The principal activity of Ashtead Holdings plc is an investment holding company while Ashtead Capital, Inc. is a fi nance 
company. The principal activity of each other subsidiary undertaking listed above is equipment rental. Ashtead Group plc owns all the issued share 
capital of Ashtead Holdings plc which in turn holds all of the other subsidiaries listed above except for Sunbelt Rentals, Inc. which Ashtead Holdings plc 
owns indirectly through another subsidiary undertaking.

f) Financial instruments
The book value and fair value of the Company’s fi nancial instruments are equal. 

The Company’s fi nancial liabilities mature between 2 and 5 years.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share 
capital 
£m 
56.0 
– 
0.2 
– 
– 
– 
– 
56.2 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Share 
premium 
account 
£m 
3.3 
– 
0.3 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
3.6 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£m 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
– 

Non– 
distributable 
reserve 
£m 
90.7 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
 – 
90.7 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(0.9) 
55.3 

 – 
3.6 

0.9 
0.9 

 – 
90.7 

Treasury 
stock 
£m 
 – 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(23.3) 
(23.3) 

– 
0.5 
– 
– 
– 
(15.7) 

5.4 
(33.1) 

Own
shares
held by 
ESOT 
£m 
(8.7) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
3.3 
(1.6) 
(7.0) 

– 
– 
– 
– 
1.1 
(0.4) 

 – 
(6.3) 

g) Reconciliation of changes in equity

At 30 April 2007 
Total recognised income and expense  
Shares issued 
Dividends paid 
Share-based payments   
Vesting of share awards  
Own shares purchased    
At 30 April 2008 

Total recognised income and expense  
Shares issued/re-issued  
Dividends paid 
Share-based payments   
Vesting of share awards  
Own shares purchased   
Cancellation of shares held
in treasury by the Company 
At 30 April 2009 

h) Notes to the Company cash fl ow statement
Cash fl ow from operating activities

Operating loss 
Depreciation  
EBITDA 
Decrease/(increase) in receivables 
(Decrease)/increase in payables 
Increase in intercompany payable 
Other non-cash movement 
Net cash infl ow from operations before exceptional items 

Reconciliation to net debt 

Net debt at 1 May 
Decrease in debt through cash fl ow 
Net debt at 30 April 

83

Total
£m
352.2
1.4
0.5
(10.5)
2.5
–
(24.9)
321.2

(1.0)
0.2
(12.9)
(0.8)
–
(16.1)

Distributable
reserves 
£m 
210.9 
1.4 
– 
(10.5) 
2.5 
(3.3) 
 – 
201.0 

(1.0) 
(0.3) 
(12.9) 
(0.8) 
(1.1) 
– 

(5.4) 
179.5 

 –
290.6

2009 
£m 
– 
0.1 
0.1 
1.0 
(2.3) 
31.1 
(1.0) 
28.9 

2009 
£m 
0.1 
(0.1) 
 – 

2008
£m
–
0.1
0.1
(0.9)
0.2
32.8
2.4
34.6

2008
£m
0.2
(0.1)
0.1

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2009

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ten year history

2009 

2008 
(restated) 

2007 

2006 

In £m 
Revenue + 
Operating costs +• 
EBITDA +• 
Depreciation +• 
Operating profi t +• 
Interest +• 
Pre-tax profi t/(loss)+• 

1,073.5 
717.4 
356.1 
201.1 
155.0 
(67.6) 
87.4 

68.4 
0.8 

177.1 
238.3 

1,798.2 
526.0 

Operating profi t • 
Pre-tax profi t/(loss) 
Net cash fl ow from 
operating activities 
Capital expenditure • 
Book cost of 
rental equipment • 
Shareholders’ funds •* 
In pence 
2.575p 
Dividend per share  
Earnings per share 
12.5p 
Underlying earnings per share  11.9p 
In percent 
EBITDA margin +• 
33.2% 
Operating profi t margin +• 
14.4% 
Pre-tax profi t/(loss) margin +•  8.1% 
People 
Employees at year end   
Locations 
Profi t Centres at year end 

8,162 

520 

IFRS 
2005 

523.7 
354.2 
169.5 
102.4 
67.1 
(44.7) 
22.4 

67.1 
32.2 

128.3 
138.4 

800.2 
109.9 

Nil 
5.2p 
3.2p 

2004 

2003 

2002 

2001 

500.3 
353.3 
147.0 
102.8 
44.2 
(36.6) 
7.6 

16.2 
(33.1) 

126.7 
72.3 

813.9 
131.8 

Nil 
(9.9p) 
(0.7p) 

539.5 
389.4 
150.1 
111.0 
39.1 
(40.9) 
(1.8) 

0.6 
(42.2) 

210.3 
85.5 

945.8 
159.4 

Nil 
(9.5p) 
(0.4p) 

583.7 
398.6 
185.1 
117.8 
67.3 
(49.1) 
18.2 

72.5 
(15.5) 

202.0 
113.8 

971.9 
192.9 

3.50p 
1.1p 
13.7p 

552.0 
345.3 
206.7 
117.6 
89.1 
(50.7) 
38.4 

68.2 
11.1 

173.0 
237.7 

962.8 
202.1 

3.50p 
6.5p 
9.2p 

638.0 
413.3 
224.7 
113.6 
111.1 
(43.6) 
67.5 

124.5 
81.7 

154.4 
220.2 

921.9 
258.3 

1.50p 
13.5p 
11.3p 

35.2% 
17.4% 
10.6% 

32.4% 
12.9% 
4.8% 

29.4% 
8.8% 
1.5% 

27.8% 
7.2% 
(0.3%) 

31.7% 
11.5% 
3.1% 

37.4% 
16.1% 
7.0% 

UK GAAP
2000

302.4
181.4
121.0
66.8
54.2
(10.9)
43.3

57.1
46.2

111.4
158.2

629.5
236.8

3.16p
11.8p
11.8p

40.0%
17.9%
14.3%

1,047.8 
684.1 
363.7 
176.6 
187.1 
(74.8) 
112.3 

184.5 
109.7 

35.5 
331.0 

896.1 
585.8 
310.3 
159.8 
150.5 
(69.1) 
81.4 

101.1 
(36.5) 

181.3 
290.2 

1,528.4 
440.3 

1,434.1 
396.7 

2.5p 
14.2p 
14.8p 

34.7% 
17.9% 
10.7% 

1.65p 
0.8p 
10.3p 

34.6% 
16.8% 
9.1% 

9,594 

10,077 

6,465 

5,935 

5,833 

6,078 

6,545 

6,043 

3,930

635 

659 

413 

412 

428 

449 

463 

443 

352

The fi gures for 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are reported in accordance with IFRS. Figures for 2004 and prior are reported under UK GAAP and have not been restated in accordance with IFRS. 
2008 has been re-stated following the adoption of the amendment to IAS 16 – Property, plant and equipment (and consequential amendment to IAS 7 – Statement of cash fl ows) relating to the sale of rental
assets and IFRIC 14, IAS 19 – The limit on a defi ned benefi t asset, minimum funding requirement and their interaction.
 +  Before exceptional items and goodwill amortisation. EBITDA, operating profi t and pre-tax profi t/(loss) are stated before exceptional items but have been adjusted to allocate the impact of the 

US accounting issues and the change in self-insurance estimation method reported in 2003 to the years to which they relate and to refl ect the BET USA lease adjustment reported in 2002 in 2001. 
The directors believe these adjustments improve comparability between periods.

 •  The results for the years up to 30 April 2000 were restated in 2000/1 to refl ect the adoption of new accounting policies and estimation techniques under FRS 18 in that year. 
 *  Shareholders’ funds for the years up to 30 April 2003 were restated in 2003/4 to refl ect shares held by the Employee Share Ownership Trust as a deduction from shareholders’ funds in accordance 

with UITF 38.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Making more things possible

At Ashtead we make more things possible for 
individuals and businesses.

We are a global leader in the provision of hire equipment, 
from hand held tools to aerial platforms to complete 
on-site contractor villages. We provide solutions and 
systems that support our customers and pride ourselves 
in delivering excellent levels of service and care.

Above all, it is our people that really make the difference.

Contents

01  Financial highlights
02  Company overview
04  Chairman’s statement
06  Business and fi nancial review:
07 
Introduction
08–13  Case studies
14  What we do
15–17  Our markets
18–20 Our strategy
21–24  Our business model
25 
KPIs
26–27 Business risks
28–33 Our fi nancials

34  Our directors

36  Directors’ report 
38  Corporate governance report
41  Directors’ remuneration report
46  Corporate responsibility report
48  Auditors’ report
50  Consolidated income statement
51   Consolidated statement of recognised 

income and expense

52  Consolidated balance sheet
53  Consolidated cash fl ow statement
54  Notes to the consolidated 
fi nancial statements

84  Ten year history
85  Additional information

additional information

Future dates
Quarter 1 results 
2009 Annual General Meeting 
Quarter 2 results 
Quarter 3 results 
Quarter 4 and year end results 

 8 September 2009
 8 September 2009
 3 December 2009
 9 March 2010
 17 June 2010

Advisers
Auditors
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London
EC4A 3BZ  

Registrars & Transfer Offi ce
Equiniti
The Causeway
Worthing
West Sussex
BN99 6DA 

Financial PR Advisers
Maitland
Orion House
5 Upper St Martin’s Lane
London
WC2H 9EA 

Solicitors 
Slaughter and May
One Bunhill Row
London
E1Y 8YY 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606 

Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein LLP 
Three First Union Center
401 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28202

Brokers
UBS Investment Bank Limited
1 Finsbury Avenue
London
EC2M 2PP

RBS Hoare Govett Limited
250 Bishopsgate
London
EC2M 4AA

Registered number
1807982

Registered Offi ce
Kings House
36-37 King Street
London
EC2V 8BB

Cert no. SGS-COC-O620

Printed on Revive 75 Silk, which contains 
a minimum of 75% recovered fi bre

Designed and produced by 

                             | 35 Communications

Printed in the UK by Beacon Press

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A
s
h
t
e
a
d
G
r
o
u
p
p
l
c

A
n
n
u
a
l

R
e
p
o
r
t
&
A
c
c
o
u
n
t
s
2
0
0
9

 managing 
the cycle

Ashtead Group plc
Kings House
36-37 King Street
London 
EC2V 8BB 

Phone: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9700
Fax: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9705
www.ashtead-group.com

2009
Annual Report & Accounts